94 files changed, 4175 insertions, 1967 deletions

diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a9f2b8b0530f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What:           /sys/dev
+Date:           April 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.26
+Contact:        Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
+Description:    The /sys/dev tree provides a method to look up the sysfs
+                path for a device using the information returned from
+                stat(2).  There are two directories, 'block' and 'char',
+                beneath /sys/dev containing symbolic links with names of
+                the form "<major>:<minor>".  These links point to the
+                corresponding sysfs path for the given device.
+
+                Example:
+                $ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32
+                ../../block/sdc
+
+                Entries in /sys/dev/char and /sys/dev/block will be
+                dynamically created and destroyed as devices enter and
+                leave the system.
+
+Users:          mdadm <linux-raid@vger.kernel.org>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
index 9470ed9afcc0..f27be7d1a49f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
@@ -29,46 +29,46 @@ Description:
 
                 $ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts
                 $ grep . *
-                error:0
-                ff_gbl_lock:0
-                ff_pmtimer:0
-                ff_pwr_btn:0
-                ff_rt_clk:0
-                ff_slp_btn:0
-                gpe00:0
-                gpe01:0
-                gpe02:0
-                gpe03:0
-                gpe04:0
-                gpe05:0
-                gpe06:0
-                gpe07:0
-                gpe08:0
-                gpe09:174
-                gpe0A:0
-                gpe0B:0
-                gpe0C:0
-                gpe0D:0
-                gpe0E:0
-                gpe0F:0
-                gpe10:0
-                gpe11:60
-                gpe12:0
-                gpe13:0
-                gpe14:0
-                gpe15:0
-                gpe16:0
-                gpe17:0
-                gpe18:0
-                gpe19:7
-                gpe1A:0
-                gpe1B:0
-                gpe1C:0
-                gpe1D:0
-                gpe1E:0
-                gpe1F:0
-                gpe_all:241
-                sci:241
+                error:       0
+                ff_gbl_lock:       0   enable
+                ff_pmtimer:       0  invalid
+                ff_pwr_btn:       0   enable
+                ff_rt_clk:       2  disable
+                ff_slp_btn:       0  invalid
+                gpe00:       0  invalid
+                gpe01:       0   enable
+                gpe02:     108   enable
+                gpe03:       0  invalid
+                gpe04:       0  invalid
+                gpe05:       0  invalid
+                gpe06:       0   enable
+                gpe07:       0   enable
+                gpe08:       0  invalid
+                gpe09:       0  invalid
+                gpe0A:       0  invalid
+                gpe0B:       0  invalid
+                gpe0C:       0  invalid
+                gpe0D:       0  invalid
+                gpe0E:       0  invalid
+                gpe0F:       0  invalid
+                gpe10:       0  invalid
+                gpe11:       0  invalid
+                gpe12:       0  invalid
+                gpe13:       0  invalid
+                gpe14:       0  invalid
+                gpe15:       0  invalid
+                gpe16:       0  invalid
+                gpe17:    1084   enable
+                gpe18:       0   enable
+                gpe19:       0  invalid
+                gpe1A:       0  invalid
+                gpe1B:       0  invalid
+                gpe1C:       0  invalid
+                gpe1D:       0  invalid
+                gpe1E:       0  invalid
+                gpe1F:       0  invalid
+                gpe_all:    1192
+                sci:    1194
 
                 sci - The total number of times the ACPI SCI
                 has claimed an interrupt.
@@ -89,6 +89,13 @@ Description:
 
                 error - an interrupt that can't be accounted for above.
 
+                invalid: it's either a wakeup GPE or a GPE/Fixed Event that
+                        doesn't have an event handler.
+
+                disable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled.
+
+                enable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid and enabled.
+
                 Root has permission to clear any of these counters.  Eg.
                 # echo 0 > gpe11
 
@@ -97,3 +104,43 @@ Description:
 
                 None of these counters has an effect on the function
                 of the system, they are simply statistics.
+
+                Besides this, user can also write specific strings to these files
+                to enable/disable/clear ACPI interrupts in user space, which can be
+                used to debug some ACPI interrupt storm issues.
+
+                Note that only writting to VALID GPE/Fixed Event is allowed,
+                i.e. user can only change the status of runtime GPE and
+                Fixed Event with event handler installed.
+
+                Let's take power button fixed event for example, please kill acpid
+                and other user space applications so that the machine won't shutdown
+                when pressing the power button.
+                # cat ff_pwr_btn
+                0
+                # press the power button for 3 times;
+                # cat ff_pwr_btn
+                3
+                # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+                # cat ff_pwr_btn
+                disable
+                # press the power button for 3 times;
+                # cat ff_pwr_btn
+                disable
+                # echo enable > ff_pwr_btn
+                # cat ff_pwr_btn
+                4
+                /*
+                 * this is because the status bit is set even if the enable bit is cleared,
+                 * and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when the enable bit is set again
+                 */
+                # press the power button for 3 times;
+                # cat ff_pwr_btn
+                7
+                # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+                # press the power button for 3 times;
+                # echo clear > ff_pwr_btn       /* clear the status bit */
+                # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+                # cat ff_pwr_btn
+                7
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt b/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt
index 6d772f84b477..b768cc0e402b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt
@@ -22,3 +22,12 @@ ready and available in memory.  The DMA of the "completion indication"
 could race with data DMA.  Mapping the memory used for completion
 indications with DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER would prevent the race.
 
+DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING
+----------------------
+
+DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING specifies that reads and writes to the mapping
+may be weakly ordered, that is that reads and writes may pass each other.
+
+Since it is optional for platforms to implement DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING,
+those that do not will simply ignore the attribute and exhibit default
+behavior.
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl
index 5a8ffa761e09..ea3bc9565e6a 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl
@@ -524,6 +524,44 @@ These utilities include endpoint autoconfiguration.
 <!-- !Edrivers/usb/gadget/epautoconf.c -->
 </sect1>
 
+<sect1 id="composite"><title>Composite Device Framework</title>
+
+<para>The core API is sufficient for writing drivers for composite
+USB devices (with more than one function in a given configuration),
+and also multi-configuration devices (also more than one function,
+but not necessarily sharing a given configuration).
+There is however an optional framework which makes it easier to
+reuse and combine functions.
+</para>
+
+<para>Devices using this framework provide a <emphasis>struct
+usb_composite_driver</emphasis>, which in turn provides one or
+more <emphasis>struct usb_configuration</emphasis> instances.
+Each such configuration includes at least one
+<emphasis>struct usb_function</emphasis>, which packages a user
+visible role such as "network link" or "mass storage device".
+Management functions may also exist, such as "Device Firmware
+Upgrade".
+</para>
+
+!Iinclude/linux/usb/composite.h
+!Edrivers/usb/gadget/composite.c
+
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="functions"><title>Composite Device Functions</title>
+
+<para>At this writing, a few of the current gadget drivers have
+been converted to this framework.
+Near-term plans include converting all of them, except for "gadgetfs".
+</para>
+
+!Edrivers/usb/gadget/f_acm.c
+!Edrivers/usb/gadget/f_serial.c
+
+</sect1>
+
+
 </chapter>
 
 <chapter id="controllers"><title>Peripheral Controller Drivers</title>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
index fdd7f4f887b7..df87d1b93605 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
@@ -21,6 +21,18 @@
     </affiliation>
 </author>
 
+<copyright>
+        <year>2006-2008</year>
+        <holder>Hans-Jürgen Koch.</holder>
+</copyright>
+
+<legalnotice>
+<para>
+This documentation is Free Software licensed under the terms of the
+GPL version 2.
+</para>
+</legalnotice>
+
 <pubdate>2006-12-11</pubdate>
 
 <abstract>
@@ -30,6 +42,12 @@
 
 <revhistory>
         <revision>
+        <revnumber>0.5</revnumber>
+        <date>2008-05-22</date>
+        <authorinitials>hjk</authorinitials>
+        <revremark>Added description of write() function.</revremark>
+        </revision>
+        <revision>
         <revnumber>0.4</revnumber>
         <date>2007-11-26</date>
         <authorinitials>hjk</authorinitials>
@@ -57,20 +75,9 @@
 </bookinfo>
 
 <chapter id="aboutthisdoc">
-<?dbhtml filename="about.html"?>
+<?dbhtml filename="aboutthis.html"?>
 <title>About this document</title>
 
-<sect1 id="copyright">
-<?dbhtml filename="copyright.html"?>
-<title>Copyright and License</title>
-<para>
-      Copyright (c) 2006 by Hans-Jürgen Koch.</para>
-<para>
-This documentation is Free Software licensed under the terms of the
-GPL version 2.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-
 <sect1 id="translations">
 <?dbhtml filename="translations.html"?>
 <title>Translations</title>
@@ -189,6 +196,30 @@ interested in translating it, please email me
         represents the total interrupt count. You can use this number
         to figure out if you missed some interrupts.
         </para>
+        <para>
+        For some hardware that has more than one interrupt source internally,
+        but not separate IRQ mask and status registers, there might be
+        situations where userspace cannot determine what the interrupt source
+        was if the kernel handler disables them by writing to the chip's IRQ
+        register. In such a case, the kernel has to disable the IRQ completely
+        to leave the chip's register untouched. Now the userspace part can
+        determine the cause of the interrupt, but it cannot re-enable
+        interrupts. Another cornercase is chips where re-enabling interrupts
+        is a read-modify-write operation to a combined IRQ status/acknowledge
+        register. This would be racy if a new interrupt occurred
+        simultaneously.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+        To address these problems, UIO also implements a write() function. It
+        is normally not used and can be ignored for hardware that has only a
+        single interrupt source or has separate IRQ mask and status registers.
+        If you need it, however, a write to <filename>/dev/uioX</filename>
+        will call the <function>irqcontrol()</function> function implemented
+        by the driver. You have to write a 32-bit value that is usually either
+        0 or 1 to disable or enable interrupts. If a driver does not implement
+        <function>irqcontrol()</function>, <function>write()</function> will
+        return with <varname>-ENOSYS</varname>.
+        </para>
 
         <para>
         To handle interrupts properly, your custom kernel module can
@@ -362,6 +393,14 @@ device is actually used.
 <function>open()</function>, you will probably also want a custom
 <function>release()</function> function.
 </para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>int (*irqcontrol)(struct uio_info *info, s32 irq_on)
+</varname>: Optional. If you need to be able to enable or disable
+interrupts from userspace by writing to <filename>/dev/uioX</filename>,
+you can implement this function. The parameter <varname>irq_on</varname>
+will be 0 to disable interrupts and 1 to enable them.
+</para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
diff --git a/Documentation/HOWTO b/Documentation/HOWTO
index 619e8caf30db..c2371c5a98f9 100644
--- a/Documentation/HOWTO
+++ b/Documentation/HOWTO
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Here is a list of some of the different kernel trees available:
     - pcmcia, Dominik Brodowski <linux@dominikbrodowski.net>
         git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/brodo/pcmcia-2.6.git
 
-    - SCSI, James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@SteelEye.com>
+    - SCSI, James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@hansenpartnership.com>
         git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi-misc-2.6.git
 
     - x86, Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt
index c64158ecde43..a6d32e65d222 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt
@@ -93,6 +93,9 @@ Since NMI handlers disable preemption, synchronize_sched() is guaranteed
 not to return until all ongoing NMI handlers exit.  It is therefore safe
 to free up the handler's data as soon as synchronize_sched() returns.
 
+Important note: for this to work, the architecture in question must
+invoke irq_enter() and irq_exit() on NMI entry and exit, respectively.
+
 
 Answer to Quick Quiz
 
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt
index 39ad8f56783a..9f711d2df91b 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt
@@ -52,6 +52,10 @@ of each iteration.  Unfortunately, chaotic relaxation requires highly
 structured data, such as the matrices used in scientific programs, and
 is thus inapplicable to most data structures in operating-system kernels.
 
+In 1992, Henry (now Alexia) Massalin completed a dissertation advising
+parallel programmers to defer processing when feasible to simplify
+synchronization.  RCU makes extremely heavy use of this advice.
+
 In 1993, Jacobson [Jacobson93] verbally described what is perhaps the
 simplest deferred-free technique: simply waiting a fixed amount of time
 before freeing blocks awaiting deferred free.  Jacobson did not describe
@@ -138,6 +142,13 @@ blocking in read-side critical sections appeared [PaulEMcKenney2006c],
 Robert Olsson described an RCU-protected trie-hash combination
 [RobertOlsson2006a].
 
+2007 saw the journal version of the award-winning RCU paper from 2006
+[ThomasEHart2007a], as well as a paper demonstrating use of Promela
+and Spin to mechanically verify an optimization to Oleg Nesterov's
+QRCU [PaulEMcKenney2007QRCUspin], a design document describing
+preemptible RCU [PaulEMcKenney2007PreemptibleRCU], and the three-part
+LWN "What is RCU?" series [PaulEMcKenney2007WhatIsRCUFundamentally,
+PaulEMcKenney2008WhatIsRCUUsage, and PaulEMcKenney2008WhatIsRCUAPI].
 
 Bibtex Entries
 
@@ -202,6 +213,20 @@ Bibtex Entries
 ,Year="1991"
 }
 
+@phdthesis{HMassalinPhD
+,author="H. Massalin"
+,title="Synthesis: An Efficient Implementation of Fundamental Operating
+System Services"
+,school="Columbia University"
+,address="New York, NY"
+,year="1992"
+,annotation="
+        Mondo optimizing compiler.
+        Wait-free stuff.
+        Good advice: defer work to avoid synchronization.
+"
+}
+
 @unpublished{Jacobson93
 ,author="Van Jacobson"
 ,title="Avoid Read-Side Locking Via Delayed Free"
@@ -635,3 +660,86 @@ Revised:
 "
 }
 
+@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007PreemptibleRCU
+,Author="Paul E. McKenney"
+,Title="The design of preemptible read-copy-update"
+,month="October"
+,day="8"
+,year="2007"
+,note="Available:
+\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/253651/}
+[Viewed October 25, 2007]"
+,annotation="
+        LWN article describing the design of preemptible RCU.
+"
+}
+
+########################################################################
+#
+#       "What is RCU?" LWN series.
+#
+
+@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007WhatIsRCUFundamentally
+,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole"
+,Title="What is {RCU}, Fundamentally?"
+,month="December"
+,day="17"
+,year="2007"
+,note="Available:
+\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/262464/}
+[Viewed December 27, 2007]"
+,annotation="
+        Lays out the three basic components of RCU: (1) publish-subscribe,
+        (2) wait for pre-existing readers to complete, and (2) maintain
+        multiple versions.
+"
+}
+
+@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008WhatIsRCUUsage
+,Author="Paul E. McKenney"
+,Title="What is {RCU}? Part 2: Usage"
+,month="January"
+,day="4"
+,year="2008"
+,note="Available:
+\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/263130/}
+[Viewed January 4, 2008]"
+,annotation="
+        Lays out six uses of RCU:
+        1. RCU is a Reader-Writer Lock Replacement
+        2. RCU is a Restricted Reference-Counting Mechanism
+        3. RCU is a Bulk Reference-Counting Mechanism
+        4. RCU is a Poor Man's Garbage Collector
+        5. RCU is a Way of Providing Existence Guarantees
+        6. RCU is a Way of Waiting for Things to Finish 
+"
+}
+
+@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008WhatIsRCUAPI
+,Author="Paul E. McKenney"
+,Title="{RCU} part 3: the {RCU} {API}"
+,month="January"
+,day="17"
+,year="2008"
+,note="Available:
+\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/264090/}
+[Viewed January 10, 2008]"
+,annotation="
+        Gives an overview of the Linux-kernel RCU API and a brief annotated RCU
+        bibliography.
+"
+}
+
+@article{DinakarGuniguntala2008IBMSysJ
+,author="D. Guniguntala and P. E. McKenney and J. Triplett and J. Walpole"
+,title="The read-copy-update mechanism for supporting real-time applications on shared-memory multiprocessor systems with {Linux}"
+,Year="2008"
+,Month="April"
+,journal="IBM Systems Journal"
+,volume="47"
+,number="2"
+,pages="@@-@@"
+,annotation="
+        RCU, realtime RCU, sleepable RCU, performance.
+"
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt
index 42b01bc2e1b4..cf5562cbe356 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt
@@ -13,10 +13,13 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
         detailed performance measurements show that RCU is nonetheless
         the right tool for the job.
 
-        The other exception would be where performance is not an issue,
-        and RCU provides a simpler implementation.  An example of this
-        situation is the dynamic NMI code in the Linux 2.6 kernel,
-        at least on architectures where NMIs are rare.
+        Another exception is where performance is not an issue, and RCU
+        provides a simpler implementation.  An example of this situation
+        is the dynamic NMI code in the Linux 2.6 kernel, at least on
+        architectures where NMIs are rare.
+
+        Yet another exception is where the low real-time latency of RCU's
+        read-side primitives is critically important.
 
 1.      Does the update code have proper mutual exclusion?
 
@@ -39,9 +42,10 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
 
 2.      Do the RCU read-side critical sections make proper use of
         rcu_read_lock() and friends?  These primitives are needed
-        to suppress preemption (or bottom halves, in the case of
-        rcu_read_lock_bh()) in the read-side critical sections,
-        and are also an excellent aid to readability.
+        to prevent grace periods from ending prematurely, which
+        could result in data being unceremoniously freed out from
+        under your read-side code, which can greatly increase the
+        actuarial risk of your kernel.
 
         As a rough rule of thumb, any dereference of an RCU-protected
         pointer must be covered by rcu_read_lock() or rcu_read_lock_bh()
@@ -54,15 +58,30 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
         be running while updates are in progress.  There are a number
         of ways to handle this concurrency, depending on the situation:
 
-        a.      Make updates appear atomic to readers.  For example,
+        a.      Use the RCU variants of the list and hlist update
+                primitives to add, remove, and replace elements on an
+                RCU-protected list.  Alternatively, use the RCU-protected
+                trees that have been added to the Linux kernel.
+
+                This is almost always the best approach.
+
+        b.      Proceed as in (a) above, but also maintain per-element
+                locks (that are acquired by both readers and writers)
+                that guard per-element state.  Of course, fields that
+                the readers refrain from accessing can be guarded by the
+                update-side lock.
+
+                This works quite well, also.
+
+        c.      Make updates appear atomic to readers.  For example,
                 pointer updates to properly aligned fields will appear
                 atomic, as will individual atomic primitives.  Operations
                 performed under a lock and sequences of multiple atomic
                 primitives will -not- appear to be atomic.
 
-                This is almost always the best approach.
+                This can work, but is starting to get a bit tricky.
 
-        b.      Carefully order the updates and the reads so that
+        d.      Carefully order the updates and the reads so that
                 readers see valid data at all phases of the update.
                 This is often more difficult than it sounds, especially
                 given modern CPUs' tendency to reorder memory references.
@@ -123,18 +142,22 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
                 when publicizing a pointer to a structure that can
                 be traversed by an RCU read-side critical section.
 
-5.      If call_rcu(), or a related primitive such as call_rcu_bh(),
-        is used, the callback function must be written to be called
-        from softirq context.  In particular, it cannot block.
+5.      If call_rcu(), or a related primitive such as call_rcu_bh() or
+        call_rcu_sched(), is used, the callback function must be
+        written to be called from softirq context.  In particular,
+        it cannot block.
 
 6.      Since synchronize_rcu() can block, it cannot be called from
-        any sort of irq context.
+        any sort of irq context.  Ditto for synchronize_sched() and
+        synchronize_srcu().
 
 7.      If the updater uses call_rcu(), then the corresponding readers
         must use rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock().  If the updater
         uses call_rcu_bh(), then the corresponding readers must use
-        rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh().  Mixing things up
-        will result in confusion and broken kernels.
+        rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh().  If the updater
+        uses call_rcu_sched(), then the corresponding readers must
+        disable preemption.  Mixing things up will result in confusion
+        and broken kernels.
 
         One exception to this rule: rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock()
         may be substituted for rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh()
@@ -143,9 +166,9 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
         such cases is a must, of course!  And the jury is still out on
         whether the increased speed is worth it.
 
-8.      Although synchronize_rcu() is a bit slower than is call_rcu(),
-        it usually results in simpler code.  So, unless update
-        performance is critically important or the updaters cannot block,
+8.      Although synchronize_rcu() is slower than is call_rcu(), it
+        usually results in simpler code.  So, unless update performance
+        is critically important or the updaters cannot block,
         synchronize_rcu() should be used in preference to call_rcu().
 
         An especially important property of the synchronize_rcu()
@@ -187,23 +210,23 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
                 number of updates per grace period.
 
 9.      All RCU list-traversal primitives, which include
-        list_for_each_rcu(), list_for_each_entry_rcu(),
+        rcu_dereference(), list_for_each_rcu(), list_for_each_entry_rcu(),
         list_for_each_continue_rcu(), and list_for_each_safe_rcu(),
-        must be within an RCU read-side critical section.  RCU
+        must be either within an RCU read-side critical section or
+        must be protected by appropriate update-side locks.  RCU
         read-side critical sections are delimited by rcu_read_lock()
         and rcu_read_unlock(), or by similar primitives such as
         rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh().
 
-        Use of the _rcu() list-traversal primitives outside of an
-        RCU read-side critical section causes no harm other than
-        a slight performance degradation on Alpha CPUs.  It can
-        also be quite helpful in reducing code bloat when common
-        code is shared between readers and updaters.
+        The reason that it is permissible to use RCU list-traversal
+        primitives when the update-side lock is held is that doing so
+        can be quite helpful in reducing code bloat when common code is
+        shared between readers and updaters.
 
 10.     Conversely, if you are in an RCU read-side critical section,
-        you -must- use the "_rcu()" variants of the list macros.
-        Failing to do so will break Alpha and confuse people reading
-        your code.
+        and you don't hold the appropriate update-side lock, you -must-
+        use the "_rcu()" variants of the list macros.  Failing to do so
+        will break Alpha and confuse people reading your code.
 
 11.     Note that synchronize_rcu() -only- guarantees to wait until
         all currently executing rcu_read_lock()-protected RCU read-side
@@ -230,6 +253,14 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
         must use whatever locking or other synchronization is required
         to safely access and/or modify that data structure.
 
+        RCU callbacks are -usually- executed on the same CPU that executed
+        the corresponding call_rcu(), call_rcu_bh(), or call_rcu_sched(),
+        but are by -no- means guaranteed to be.  For example, if a given
+        CPU goes offline while having an RCU callback pending, then that
+        RCU callback will execute on some surviving CPU.  (If this was
+        not the case, a self-spawning RCU callback would prevent the
+        victim CPU from ever going offline.)
+
 14.     SRCU (srcu_read_lock(), srcu_read_unlock(), and synchronize_srcu())
         may only be invoked from process context.  Unlike other forms of
         RCU, it -is- permissible to block in an SRCU read-side critical
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt b/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt
index 2967a65269d8..a342b6e1cc10 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt
@@ -10,23 +10,30 @@ status messages via printk(), which can be examined via the dmesg
 command (perhaps grepping for "torture").  The test is started
 when the module is loaded, and stops when the module is unloaded.
 
-However, actually setting this config option to "y" results in the system
-running the test immediately upon boot, and ending only when the system
-is taken down.  Normally, one will instead want to build the system
-with CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST=m and to use modprobe and rmmod to control
-the test, perhaps using a script similar to the one shown at the end of
-this document.  Note that you will need CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD in order
-to be able to end the test.
+CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_RUNNABLE
+
+It is also possible to specify CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST=y, which will
+result in the tests being loaded into the base kernel.  In this case,
+the CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_RUNNABLE config option is used to specify
+whether the RCU torture tests are to be started immediately during
+boot or whether the /proc/sys/kernel/rcutorture_runnable file is used
+to enable them.  This /proc file can be used to repeatedly pause and
+restart the tests, regardless of the initial state specified by the
+CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_RUNNABLE config option.
+
+You will normally -not- want to start the RCU torture tests during boot
+(and thus the default is CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_RUNNABLE=n), but doing
+this can sometimes be useful in finding boot-time bugs.
 
 
 MODULE PARAMETERS
 
 This module has the following parameters:
 
-nreaders        This is the number of RCU reading threads supported.
-                The default is twice the number of CPUs.  Why twice?
-                To properly exercise RCU implementations with preemptible
-                read-side critical sections.
+irqreaders      Says to invoke RCU readers from irq level.  This is currently
+                done via timers.  Defaults to "1" for variants of RCU that
+                permit this.  (Or, more accurately, variants of RCU that do
+                -not- permit this know to ignore this variable.)
 
 nfakewriters    This is the number of RCU fake writer threads to run.  Fake
                 writer threads repeatedly use the synchronous "wait for
@@ -37,6 +44,16 @@ nfakewriters	This is the number of RCU fake writer threads to run.  Fake
                 to trigger special cases caused by multiple writers, such as
                 the synchronize_srcu() early return optimization.
 
+nreaders        This is the number of RCU reading threads supported.
+                The default is twice the number of CPUs.  Why twice?
+                To properly exercise RCU implementations with preemptible
+                read-side critical sections.
+
+shuffle_interval
+                The number of seconds to keep the test threads affinitied
+                to a particular subset of the CPUs, defaults to 3 seconds.
+                Used in conjunction with test_no_idle_hz.
+
 stat_interval   The number of seconds between output of torture
                 statistics (via printk()).  Regardless of the interval,
                 statistics are printed when the module is unloaded.
@@ -44,10 +61,11 @@ stat_interval	The number of seconds between output of torture
                 be printed -only- when the module is unloaded, and this
                 is the default.
 
-shuffle_interval
-                The number of seconds to keep the test threads affinitied
-                to a particular subset of the CPUs, defaults to 5 seconds.
-                Used in conjunction with test_no_idle_hz.
+stutter         The length of time to run the test before pausing for this
+                same period of time.  Defaults to "stutter=5", so as
+                to run and pause for (roughly) five-second intervals.
+                Specifying "stutter=0" causes the test to run continuously
+                without pausing, which is the old default behavior.
 
 test_no_idle_hz Whether or not to test the ability of RCU to operate in
                 a kernel that disables the scheduling-clock interrupt to
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt
index e0d6d99b8f9b..e04d643a9f57 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt
@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+Please note that the "What is RCU?" LWN series is an excellent place
+to start learning about RCU:
+
+1.      What is RCU, Fundamentally?  http://lwn.net/Articles/262464/
+2.      What is RCU? Part 2: Usage   http://lwn.net/Articles/263130/
+3.      RCU part 3: the RCU API      http://lwn.net/Articles/264090/
+
+
 What is RCU?
 
 RCU is a synchronization mechanism that was added to the Linux kernel
@@ -772,26 +780,18 @@ Linux-kernel source code, but it helps to have a full list of the
 APIs, since there does not appear to be a way to categorize them
 in docbook.  Here is the list, by category.
 
-Markers for RCU read-side critical sections:
-
-        rcu_read_lock
-        rcu_read_unlock
-        rcu_read_lock_bh
-        rcu_read_unlock_bh
-        srcu_read_lock
-        srcu_read_unlock
-
 RCU pointer/list traversal:
 
         rcu_dereference
+        list_for_each_entry_rcu
+        hlist_for_each_entry_rcu
+
         list_for_each_rcu               (to be deprecated in favor of
                                          list_for_each_entry_rcu)
-        list_for_each_entry_rcu
         list_for_each_continue_rcu      (to be deprecated in favor of new
                                          list_for_each_entry_continue_rcu)
-        hlist_for_each_entry_rcu
 
-RCU pointer update:
+RCU pointer/list update:
 
         rcu_assign_pointer
         list_add_rcu
@@ -799,16 +799,36 @@ RCU pointer update:
         list_del_rcu
         list_replace_rcu
         hlist_del_rcu
+        hlist_add_after_rcu
+        hlist_add_before_rcu
         hlist_add_head_rcu
+        hlist_replace_rcu
+        list_splice_init_rcu()
 
-RCU grace period:
+RCU:    Critical sections       Grace period            Barrier
+
+        rcu_read_lock           synchronize_net         rcu_barrier
+        rcu_read_unlock         synchronize_rcu
+                                call_rcu
+
+
+bh:     Critical sections       Grace period            Barrier
+
+        rcu_read_lock_bh        call_rcu_bh             rcu_barrier_bh
+        rcu_read_unlock_bh
+
+
+sched:  Critical sections       Grace period            Barrier
+
+        [preempt_disable]       synchronize_sched       rcu_barrier_sched
+        [and friends]           call_rcu_sched
+
+
+SRCU:   Critical sections       Grace period            Barrier
+
+        srcu_read_lock          synchronize_srcu        N/A
+        srcu_read_unlock
 
-        synchronize_net
-        synchronize_sched
-        synchronize_rcu
-        synchronize_srcu
-        call_rcu
-        call_rcu_bh
 
 See the comment headers in the source code (or the docbook generated
 from them) for more information.
diff --git a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
index 65a1482457a8..9f73587219e8 100644
--- a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
+++ b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
@@ -308,9 +308,41 @@ Who:	Matthew Wilcox <willy@linux.intel.com>
 
 ---------------------------
 
+What:   SCTP_GET_PEER_ADDRS_NUM_OLD, SCTP_GET_PEER_ADDRS_OLD,
+        SCTP_GET_LOCAL_ADDRS_NUM_OLD, SCTP_GET_LOCAL_ADDRS_OLD
+When:   June 2009
+Why:    A newer version of the options have been introduced in 2005 that
+        removes the limitions of the old API.  The sctp library has been
+        converted to use these new options at the same time.  Any user
+        space app that directly uses the old options should convert to using
+        the new options.
+Who:    Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
+
+---------------------------
+
 What:   CONFIG_THERMAL_HWMON
 When:   January 2009
 Why:    This option was introduced just to allow older lm-sensors userspace
         to keep working over the upgrade to 2.6.26. At the scheduled time of
         removal fixed lm-sensors (2.x or 3.x) should be readily available.
 Who:    Rene Herman <rene.herman@gmail.com>
+
+---------------------------
+
+What:   Code that is now under CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT_SYSFS
+        (in net/core/net-sysfs.c)
+When:   After the only user (hal) has seen a release with the patches
+        for enough time, probably some time in 2010.
+Why:    Over 1K .text/.data size reduction, data is available in other
+        ways (ioctls)
+Who:    Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
+
+---------------------------
+
+What: CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT
+When: 2.6.29
+Why:  Accounting can now be enabled/disabled without kernel recompilation.
+      Currently used only to set a default value for a feature that is also
+      controlled by a kernel/module/sysfs/sysctl parameter.
+Who:  Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
+
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/bfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/bfs.txt
index ea825e178e79..78043d5a8fc3 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/bfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/bfs.txt
@@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ You can simplify mounting by just typing:
 
 this will allocate the first available loopback device (and load loop.o 
 kernel module if necessary) automatically. If the loopback driver is not
-loaded automatically, make sure that your kernel is compiled with kmod 
-support (CONFIG_KMOD) enabled. Beware that umount will not
-deallocate /dev/loopN device if /etc/mtab file on your system is a
-symbolic link to /proc/mounts. You will need to do it manually using
-"-d" switch of losetup(8). Read losetup(8) manpage for more info.
+loaded automatically, make sure that you have compiled the module and
+that modprobe is functioning. Beware that umount will not deallocate
+/dev/loopN device if /etc/mtab file on your system is a symbolic link to
+/proc/mounts. You will need to do it manually using "-d" switch of
+losetup(8). Read losetup(8) manpage for more info.
 
 To create the BFS image under UnixWare you need to find out first which
 slice contains it. The command prtvtoc(1M) is your friend:
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example.c b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example.c
index 25151fd5c2c6..039648791701 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example.c
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example.c
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ static struct config_item *simple_children_make_item(struct config_group *group,
 
         simple_child = kzalloc(sizeof(struct simple_child), GFP_KERNEL);
         if (!simple_child)
-                return NULL;
+                return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
 
 
         config_item_init_type_name(&simple_child->item, name,
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ static struct config_group *group_children_make_group(struct config_group *group
         simple_children = kzalloc(sizeof(struct simple_children),
                                   GFP_KERNEL);
         if (!simple_children)
-                return NULL;
+                return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
 
 
         config_group_init_type_name(&simple_children->group, name,
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs-rdma.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs-rdma.txt
index d0ec45ae4e7d..44bd766f2e5d 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs-rdma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs-rdma.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 ################################################################################
 
  Author: NetApp and Open Grid Computing
- Date: April 15, 2008
+ Date: May 29, 2008
 
 Table of Contents
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -60,16 +60,18 @@ Installation
     The procedures described in this document have been tested with
     distributions from Red Hat's Fedora Project (http://fedora.redhat.com/).
 
-  - Install nfs-utils-1.1.1 or greater on the client
+  - Install nfs-utils-1.1.2 or greater on the client
 
-    An NFS/RDMA mount point can only be obtained by using the mount.nfs
-    command in nfs-utils-1.1.1 or greater. To see which version of mount.nfs
-    you are using, type:
+    An NFS/RDMA mount point can be obtained by using the mount.nfs command in
+    nfs-utils-1.1.2 or greater (nfs-utils-1.1.1 was the first nfs-utils
+    version with support for NFS/RDMA mounts, but for various reasons we
+    recommend using nfs-utils-1.1.2 or greater). To see which version of
+    mount.nfs you are using, type:
 
-    > /sbin/mount.nfs -V
+    $ /sbin/mount.nfs -V
 
-    If the version is less than 1.1.1 or the command does not exist,
-    then you will need to install the latest version of nfs-utils.
+    If the version is less than 1.1.2 or the command does not exist,
+    you should install the latest version of nfs-utils.
 
     Download the latest package from:
 
@@ -77,22 +79,33 @@ Installation
 
     Uncompress the package and follow the installation instructions.
 
-    If you will not be using GSS and NFSv4, the installation process
-    can be simplified by disabling these features when running configure:
+    If you will not need the idmapper and gssd executables (you do not need
+    these to create an NFS/RDMA enabled mount command), the installation
+    process can be simplified by disabling these features when running
+    configure:
 
-    > ./configure --disable-gss --disable-nfsv4
+    $ ./configure --disable-gss --disable-nfsv4
 
-    For more information on this see the package's README and INSTALL files.
+    To build nfs-utils you will need the tcp_wrappers package installed. For
+    more information on this see the package's README and INSTALL files.
 
     After building the nfs-utils package, there will be a mount.nfs binary in
     the utils/mount directory. This binary can be used to initiate NFS v2, v3,
-    or v4 mounts. To initiate a v4 mount, the binary must be called mount.nfs4.
-    The standard technique is to create a symlink called mount.nfs4 to mount.nfs.
+    or v4 mounts. To initiate a v4 mount, the binary must be called
+    mount.nfs4.  The standard technique is to create a symlink called
+    mount.nfs4 to mount.nfs.
 
-    NOTE: mount.nfs and therefore nfs-utils-1.1.1 or greater is only needed
+    This mount.nfs binary should be installed at /sbin/mount.nfs as follows:
+
+    $ sudo cp utils/mount/mount.nfs /sbin/mount.nfs
+
+    In this location, mount.nfs will be invoked automatically for NFS mounts
+    by the system mount commmand.
+
+    NOTE: mount.nfs and therefore nfs-utils-1.1.2 or greater is only needed
     on the NFS client machine. You do not need this specific version of
     nfs-utils on the server. Furthermore, only the mount.nfs command from
-    nfs-utils-1.1.1 is needed on the client.
+    nfs-utils-1.1.2 is needed on the client.
 
   - Install a Linux kernel with NFS/RDMA
 
@@ -156,8 +169,8 @@ Check RDMA and NFS Setup
     this time. For example, if you are using a Mellanox Tavor/Sinai/Arbel
     card:
 
-    > modprobe ib_mthca
-    > modprobe ib_ipoib
+    $ modprobe ib_mthca
+    $ modprobe ib_ipoib
 
     If you are using InfiniBand, make sure there is a Subnet Manager (SM)
     running on the network. If your IB switch has an embedded SM, you can
@@ -166,7 +179,7 @@ Check RDMA and NFS Setup
 
     If an SM is running on your network, you should see the following:
 
-    > cat /sys/class/infiniband/driverX/ports/1/state
+    $ cat /sys/class/infiniband/driverX/ports/1/state
     4: ACTIVE
 
     where driverX is mthca0, ipath5, ehca3, etc.
@@ -174,10 +187,10 @@ Check RDMA and NFS Setup
     To further test the InfiniBand software stack, use IPoIB (this
     assumes you have two IB hosts named host1 and host2):
 
-    host1> ifconfig ib0 a.b.c.x
-    host2> ifconfig ib0 a.b.c.y
-    host1> ping a.b.c.y
-    host2> ping a.b.c.x
+    host1$ ifconfig ib0 a.b.c.x
+    host2$ ifconfig ib0 a.b.c.y
+    host1$ ping a.b.c.y
+    host2$ ping a.b.c.x
 
     For other device types, follow the appropriate procedures.
 
@@ -202,11 +215,11 @@ NFS/RDMA Setup
     /vol0   192.168.0.47(fsid=0,rw,async,insecure,no_root_squash)
     /vol0   192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0(fsid=0,rw,async,insecure,no_root_squash)
 
-    The IP address(es) is(are) the client's IPoIB address for an InfiniBand HCA or the
-    cleint's iWARP address(es) for an RNIC.
+    The IP address(es) is(are) the client's IPoIB address for an InfiniBand
+    HCA or the cleint's iWARP address(es) for an RNIC.
 
-    NOTE: The "insecure" option must be used because the NFS/RDMA client does not
-    use a reserved port.
+    NOTE: The "insecure" option must be used because the NFS/RDMA client does
+    not use a reserved port.
 
  Each time a machine boots:
 
@@ -214,43 +227,45 @@ NFS/RDMA Setup
 
     For InfiniBand using a Mellanox adapter:
 
-    > modprobe ib_mthca
-    > modprobe ib_ipoib
-    > ifconfig ib0 a.b.c.d
+    $ modprobe ib_mthca
+    $ modprobe ib_ipoib
+    $ ifconfig ib0 a.b.c.d
 
     NOTE: use unique addresses for the client and server
 
   - Start the NFS server
 
-    If the NFS/RDMA server was built as a module (CONFIG_SUNRPC_XPRT_RDMA=m in kernel config),
-    load the RDMA transport module:
+    If the NFS/RDMA server was built as a module (CONFIG_SUNRPC_XPRT_RDMA=m in
+    kernel config), load the RDMA transport module:
 
-    > modprobe svcrdma
+    $ modprobe svcrdma
 
-    Regardless of how the server was built (module or built-in), start the server:
+    Regardless of how the server was built (module or built-in), start the
+    server:
 
-    > /etc/init.d/nfs start
+    $ /etc/init.d/nfs start
 
     or
 
-    > service nfs start
+    $ service nfs start
 
     Instruct the server to listen on the RDMA transport:
 
-    > echo rdma 2050 > /proc/fs/nfsd/portlist
+    $ echo rdma 2050 > /proc/fs/nfsd/portlist
 
   - On the client system
 
-    If the NFS/RDMA client was built as a module (CONFIG_SUNRPC_XPRT_RDMA=m in kernel config),
-    load the RDMA client module:
+    If the NFS/RDMA client was built as a module (CONFIG_SUNRPC_XPRT_RDMA=m in
+    kernel config), load the RDMA client module:
 
-    > modprobe xprtrdma.ko
+    $ modprobe xprtrdma.ko
 
-    Regardless of how the client was built (module or built-in), issue the mount.nfs command:
+    Regardless of how the client was built (module or built-in), use this
+    command to mount the NFS/RDMA server:
 
-    > /path/to/your/mount.nfs <IPoIB-server-name-or-address>:/<export> /mnt -i -o rdma,port=2050
+    $ mount -o rdma,port=2050 <IPoIB-server-name-or-address>:/<export> /mnt
 
-    To verify that the mount is using RDMA, run "cat /proc/mounts" and check the
-    "proto" field for the given mount.
+    To verify that the mount is using RDMA, run "cat /proc/mounts" and check
+    the "proto" field for the given mount.
 
   Congratulations! You're using NFS/RDMA!
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
index 7f27b8f840d0..9e9c348275a9 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
@@ -248,6 +248,7 @@ The top level sysfs directory looks like:
 block/
 bus/
 class/
+dev/
 devices/
 firmware/
 net/
@@ -274,6 +275,11 @@ fs/ contains a directory for some filesystems.  Currently each
 filesystem wanting to export attributes must create its own hierarchy
 below fs/ (see ./fuse.txt for an example).
 
+dev/ contains two directories char/ and block/. Inside these two
+directories there are symlinks named <major>:<minor>.  These symlinks
+point to the sysfs directory for the given device.  /sys/dev provides a
+quick way to lookup the sysfs interface for a device from the result of
+a stat(2) operation.
 
 More information can driver-model specific features can be found in
 Documentation/driver-model/. 
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..540e9e7f59c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+Introduction
+=============
+
+UBIFS file-system stands for UBI File System. UBI stands for "Unsorted
+Block Images". UBIFS is a flash file system, which means it is designed
+to work with flash devices. It is important to understand, that UBIFS
+is completely different to any traditional file-system in Linux, like
+Ext2, XFS, JFS, etc. UBIFS represents a separate class of file-systems
+which work with MTD devices, not block devices. The other Linux
+file-system of this class is JFFS2.
+
+To make it more clear, here is a small comparison of MTD devices and
+block devices.
+
+1 MTD devices represent flash devices and they consist of eraseblocks of
+  rather large size, typically about 128KiB. Block devices consist of
+  small blocks, typically 512 bytes.
+2 MTD devices support 3 main operations - read from some offset within an
+  eraseblock, write to some offset within an eraseblock, and erase a whole
+  eraseblock. Block  devices support 2 main operations - read a whole
+  block and write a whole block.
+3 The whole eraseblock has to be erased before it becomes possible to
+  re-write its contents. Blocks may be just re-written.
+4 Eraseblocks become worn out after some number of erase cycles -
+  typically 100K-1G for SLC NAND and NOR flashes, and 1K-10K for MLC
+  NAND flashes. Blocks do not have the wear-out property.
+5 Eraseblocks may become bad (only on NAND flashes) and software should
+  deal with this. Blocks on hard drives typically do not become bad,
+  because hardware has mechanisms to substitute bad blocks, at least in
+  modern LBA disks.
+
+It should be quite obvious why UBIFS is very different to traditional
+file-systems.
+
+UBIFS works on top of UBI. UBI is a separate software layer which may be
+found in drivers/mtd/ubi. UBI is basically a volume management and
+wear-leveling layer. It provides so called UBI volumes which is a higher
+level abstraction than a MTD device. The programming model of UBI devices
+is very similar to MTD devices - they still consist of large eraseblocks,
+they have read/write/erase operations, but UBI devices are devoid of
+limitations like wear and bad blocks (items 4 and 5 in the above list).
+
+In a sense, UBIFS is a next generation of JFFS2 file-system, but it is
+very different and incompatible to JFFS2. The following are the main
+differences.
+
+* JFFS2 works on top of MTD devices, UBIFS depends on UBI and works on
+  top of UBI volumes.
+* JFFS2 does not have on-media index and has to build it while mounting,
+  which requires full media scan. UBIFS maintains the FS indexing
+  information on the flash media and does not require full media scan,
+  so it mounts many times faster than JFFS2.
+* JFFS2 is a write-through file-system, while UBIFS supports write-back,
+  which makes UBIFS much faster on writes.
+
+Similarly to JFFS2, UBIFS supports on-the-flight compression which makes
+it possible to fit quite a lot of data to the flash.
+
+Similarly to JFFS2, UBIFS is tolerant of unclean reboots and power-cuts.
+It does not need stuff like ckfs.ext2. UBIFS automatically replays its
+journal and recovers from crashes, ensuring that the on-flash data
+structures are consistent.
+
+UBIFS scales logarithmically (most of the data structures it uses are
+trees), so the mount time and memory consumption do not linearly depend
+on the flash size, like in case of JFFS2. This is because UBIFS
+maintains the FS index on the flash media. However, UBIFS depends on
+UBI, which scales linearly. So overall UBI/UBIFS stack scales linearly.
+Nevertheless, UBI/UBIFS scales considerably better than JFFS2.
+
+The authors of UBIFS believe, that it is possible to develop UBI2 which
+would scale logarithmically as well. UBI2 would support the same API as UBI,
+but it would be binary incompatible to UBI. So UBIFS would not need to be
+changed to use UBI2
+
+
+Mount options
+=============
+
+(*) == default.
+
+norm_unmount (*)        commit on unmount; the journal is committed
+                        when the file-system is unmounted so that the
+                        next mount does not have to replay the journal
+                        and it becomes very fast;
+fast_unmount            do not commit on unmount; this option makes
+                        unmount faster, but the next mount slower
+                        because of the need to replay the journal.
+
+
+Quick usage instructions
+========================
+
+The UBI volume to mount is specified using "ubiX_Y" or "ubiX:NAME" syntax,
+where "X" is UBI device number, "Y" is UBI volume number, and "NAME" is
+UBI volume name.
+
+Mount volume 0 on UBI device 0 to /mnt/ubifs:
+$ mount -t ubifs ubi0_0 /mnt/ubifs
+
+Mount "rootfs" volume of UBI device 0 to /mnt/ubifs ("rootfs" is volume
+name):
+$ mount -t ubifs ubi0:rootfs /mnt/ubifs
+
+The following is an example of the kernel boot arguments to attach mtd0
+to UBI and mount volume "rootfs":
+ubi.mtd=0 root=ubi0:rootfs rootfstype=ubifs
+
+
+Module Parameters for Debugging
+===============================
+
+When UBIFS has been compiled with debugging enabled, there are 3 module
+parameters that are available to control aspects of testing and debugging.
+The parameters are unsigned integers where each bit controls an option.
+The parameters are:
+
+debug_msgs      Selects which debug messages to display, as follows:
+
+                Message Type                            Flag value
+
+                General messages                        1
+                Journal messages                        2
+                Mount messages                          4
+                Commit messages                         8
+                LEB search messages                     16
+                Budgeting messages                      32
+                Garbage collection messages             64
+                Tree Node Cache (TNC) messages          128
+                LEB properties (lprops) messages        256
+                Input/output messages                   512
+                Log messages                            1024
+                Scan messages                           2048
+                Recovery messages                       4096
+
+debug_chks      Selects extra checks that UBIFS can do while running:
+
+                Check                                   Flag value
+
+                General checks                          1
+                Check Tree Node Cache (TNC)             2
+                Check indexing tree size                4
+                Check orphan area                       8
+                Check old indexing tree                 16
+                Check LEB properties (lprops)           32
+                Check leaf nodes and inodes             64
+
+debug_tsts      Selects a mode of testing, as follows:
+
+                Test mode                               Flag value
+
+                Force in-the-gaps method                2
+                Failure mode for recovery testing       4
+
+For example, set debug_msgs to 5 to display General messages and Mount
+messages.
+
+
+References
+==========
+
+UBIFS documentation and FAQ/HOWTO at the MTD web site:
+http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/doc/ubifs.html
+http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/faq/ubifs.html
diff --git a/Documentation/ftrace.txt b/Documentation/ftrace.txt
index 77d3faa1a611..f218f616ff6b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ftrace.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ftrace.txt
@@ -4,9 +4,10 @@
 Copyright 2008 Red Hat Inc.
    Author:   Steven Rostedt <srostedt@redhat.com>
   License:   The GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
-Reviewers:   Elias Oltmanns and Randy Dunlap
+Reviewers:   Elias Oltmanns, Randy Dunlap, Andrew Morton,
+             John Kacur, and David Teigland.
 
-Writen for: 2.6.26-rc8 linux-2.6-tip.git tip/tracing/ftrace branch
+Written for: 2.6.27-rc1
 
 Introduction
 ------------
@@ -18,10 +19,11 @@ issues that take place outside of user-space.
 
 Although ftrace is the function tracer, it also includes an
 infrastructure that allows for other types of tracing. Some of the
-tracers that are currently in ftrace is a tracer to trace
+tracers that are currently in ftrace include a tracer to trace
 context switches, the time it takes for a high priority task to
 run after it was woken up, the time interrupts are disabled, and
-more.
+more (ftrace allows for tracer plugins, which means that the list of
+tracers can always grow).
 
 
 The File System
@@ -35,6 +37,8 @@ To mount the debugfs system:
   # mkdir /debug
   # mount -t debugfs nodev /debug
 
+(Note: it is more common to mount at /sys/kernel/debug, but for simplicity
+ this document will use /debug)
 
 That's it! (assuming that you have ftrace configured into your kernel)
 
@@ -50,20 +54,19 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files:
 
   available_tracers : This holds the different types of tracers that
                 have been compiled into the kernel. The tracers
-                listed here can be configured by echoing in their
-                name into current_tracer.
+                listed here can be configured by echoing their name
+                into current_tracer.
 
   tracing_enabled : This sets or displays whether the current_tracer
                 is activated and tracing or not. Echo 0 into this
-                file to disable the tracer or 1 (or non-zero) to
-                enable it.
+                file to disable the tracer or 1 to enable it.
 
   trace : This file holds the output of the trace in a human readable
-                format.
+                format (described below).
 
   latency_trace : This file shows the same trace but the information
                 is organized more to display possible latencies
-                in the system.
+                in the system (described below).
 
   trace_pipe : The output is the same as the "trace" file but this
                 file is meant to be streamed with live tracing.
@@ -75,7 +78,7 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files:
                 file, it is consumed, and will not be read
                 again with a sequential read. The "trace" and
                 "latency_trace" files are static, and if the
-                tracer isn't adding more data, they will display
+                tracer is not adding more data, they will display
                 the same information every time they are read.
 
   iter_ctrl : This file lets the user control the amount of data
@@ -92,10 +95,10 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files:
 
   trace_entries : This sets or displays the number of trace
                 entries each CPU buffer can hold. The tracer buffers
-                are the same size for each CPU, so care must be
-                taken when modifying the trace_entries. The trace
-                buffers are allocated in pages (blocks of memory that
-                the kernel uses for allocation, usually 4 KB in size).
+                are the same size for each CPU. The displayed number
+                is the size of the CPU buffer and not total size. The
+                trace buffers are allocated in pages (blocks of memory
+                that the kernel uses for allocation, usually 4 KB in size).
                 Since each entry is smaller than a page, if the last
                 allocated page has room for more entries than were
                 requested, the rest of the page is used to allocate
@@ -112,20 +115,19 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files:
                 on specified CPUS. The format is a hex string
                 representing the CPUS.
 
-  set_ftrace_filter : When dynamic ftrace is configured in, the
-                code is dynamically modified to disable calling
-                of the function profiler (mcount). This lets
-                tracing be configured in with practically no overhead
-                in performance.  This also has a side effect of
-                enabling or disabling specific functions to be
-                traced.  Echoing in names of functions into this
-                file will limit the trace to only these functions.
-
-  set_ftrace_notrace: This has the opposite effect that
-                set_ftrace_filter has. Any function that is added
-                here will not be traced. If a function exists
-                in both set_ftrace_filter and set_ftrace_notrace,
-                the function will _not_ be traced.
+  set_ftrace_filter : When dynamic ftrace is configured in (see the
+                section below "dynamic ftrace"), the code is dynamically
+                modified (code text rewrite) to disable calling of the
+                function profiler (mcount). This lets tracing be configured
+                in with practically no overhead in performance.  This also
+                has a side effect of enabling or disabling specific functions
+                to be traced. Echoing names of functions into this file
+                will limit the trace to only those functions.
+
+  set_ftrace_notrace: This has an effect opposite to that of
+                set_ftrace_filter. Any function that is added here will not
+                be traced. If a function exists in both set_ftrace_filter
+                and set_ftrace_notrace, the function will _not_ be traced.
 
   available_filter_functions : When a function is encountered the first
                 time by the dynamic tracer, it is recorded and
@@ -133,32 +135,31 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files:
                 lists the functions that have been recorded
                 by the dynamic tracer and these functions can
                 be used to set the ftrace filter by the above
-                "set_ftrace_filter" file.
+                "set_ftrace_filter" file. (See the section "dynamic ftrace"
+                below for more details).
 
 
 The Tracers
 -----------
 
-Here are the list of current tracers that can be configured.
+Here is the list of current tracers that may be configured.
 
   ftrace - function tracer that uses mcount to trace all functions.
-                It is possible to filter out which functions that are
-                to be traced when dynamic ftrace is configured in.
 
   sched_switch - traces the context switches between tasks.
 
-  irqsoff - traces the areas that disable interrupts and saves off
+  irqsoff - traces the areas that disable interrupts and saves
                 the trace with the longest max latency.
                 See tracing_max_latency.  When a new max is recorded,
                 it replaces the old trace. It is best to view this
-                trace with the latency_trace file.
+                trace via the latency_trace file.
 
-  preemptoff - Similar to irqsoff but traces and records the time
-                preemption is disabled.
+  preemptoff - Similar to irqsoff but traces and records the amount of
+                time for which preemption is disabled.
 
   preemptirqsoff - Similar to irqsoff and preemptoff, but traces and
-                 records the largest time irqs and/or preemption is
-                 disabled.
+                 records the largest time for which irqs and/or preemption
+                 is disabled.
 
   wakeup - Traces and records the max latency that it takes for
                 the highest priority task to get scheduled after
@@ -171,13 +172,13 @@ Here are the list of current tracers that can be configured.
 Examples of using the tracer
 ----------------------------
 
-Here are typical examples of using the tracers with only controlling
-them with the debugfs interface (without using any user-land utilities).
+Here are typical examples of using the tracers when controlling them only
+with the debugfs interface (without using any user-land utilities).
 
 Output format:
 --------------
 
-Here's an example of the output format of the file "trace"
+Here is an example of the output format of the file "trace"
 
                              --------
 # tracer: ftrace
@@ -189,14 +190,15 @@ Here's an example of the output format of the file "trace"
             bash-4251  [01] 10152.583855: _atomic_dec_and_lock <-dput
                              --------
 
-A header is printed with the trace that is represented. In this case
-the tracer is "ftrace". Then a header showing the format. Task name
-"bash", the task PID "4251", the CPU that it was running on
+A header is printed with the tracer name that is represented by the trace.
+In this case the tracer is "ftrace". Then a header showing the format. Task
+name "bash", the task PID "4251", the CPU that it was running on
 "01", the timestamp in <secs>.<usecs> format, the function name that was
 traced "path_put" and the parent function that called this function
-"path_walk".
+"path_walk". The timestamp is the time at which the function was
+entered.
 
-The sched_switch tracer also includes tracing of task wake ups and
+The sched_switch tracer also includes tracing of task wakeups and
 context switches.
 
      ksoftirqd/1-7     [01]  1453.070013:      7:115:R   +  2916:115:S
@@ -206,7 +208,7 @@ context switches.
      kondemand/1-2916  [01]  1453.070013:   2916:115:S ==>     7:115:R
      ksoftirqd/1-7     [01]  1453.070013:      7:115:S ==>     0:140:R
 
-Wake ups are represented by a "+" and the context switches show
+Wake ups are represented by a "+" and the context switches are shown as
 "==>".  The format is:
 
  Context switches:
@@ -221,7 +223,7 @@ Wake ups are represented by a "+" and the context switches show
 
   <pid>:<prio>:<state>    +  <pid>:<prio>:<state>
 
-The prio is the internal kernel priority, which is inverse to the
+The prio is the internal kernel priority, which is the inverse of the
 priority that is usually displayed by user-space tools. Zero represents
 the highest priority (99). Prio 100 starts the "nice" priorities with
 100 being equal to nice -20 and 139 being nice 19. The prio "140" is
@@ -232,7 +234,7 @@ Latency trace format
 --------------------
 
 For traces that display latency times, the latency_trace file gives
-a bit more information to see why a latency happened. Here's a typical
+somewhat more information to see why a latency happened. Here is a typical
 trace.
 
 # tracer: irqsoff
@@ -260,21 +262,20 @@ irqsoff latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26-rc8
   <idle>-0     0d.s1   98us : trace_hardirqs_on (do_softirq)
 
 
-vim:ft=help
-
 
-This shows that the current tracer is "irqsoff" tracing the time
-interrupts are disabled. It gives the trace version and the kernel
-this was executed on (2.6.26-rc8). Then it displays the max latency
-in microsecs (97 us). The number of trace entries displayed
-by the total number recorded (both are three: #3/3). The type of
+This shows that the current tracer is "irqsoff" tracing the time for which
+interrupts were disabled. It gives the trace version and the version
+of the kernel upon which this was executed on (2.6.26-rc8). Then it displays
+the max latency in microsecs (97 us). The number of trace entries displayed
+and the total number recorded (both are three: #3/3). The type of
 preemption that was used (PREEMPT). VP, KP, SP, and HP are always zero
-and reserved for later use. #P is the number of online CPUS (#P:2).
+and are reserved for later use. #P is the number of online CPUS (#P:2).
 
-The task is the process that was running when the latency happened.
+The task is the process that was running when the latency occurred.
 (swapper pid: 0).
 
-The start and stop that caused the latencies:
+The start and stop (the functions in which the interrupts were disabled and
+enabled respectively) that caused the latencies:
 
   apic_timer_interrupt is where the interrupts were disabled.
   do_softirq is where they were enabled again.
@@ -286,14 +287,14 @@ explains which is which.
 
   pid: The PID of that process.
 
-  CPU#: The CPU that the process was running on.
+  CPU#: The CPU which the process was running on.
 
   irqs-off: 'd' interrupts are disabled. '.' otherwise.
 
   need-resched: 'N' task need_resched is set, '.' otherwise.
 
   hardirq/softirq:
-        'H' - hard irq happened inside a softirq.
+        'H' - hard irq occurred inside a softirq.
         'h' - hard irq is running
         's' - soft irq is running
         '.' - normal context.
@@ -303,7 +304,7 @@ explains which is which.
 The above is mostly meaningful for kernel developers.
 
   time: This differs from the trace file output. The trace file output
-        included an absolute timestamp. The timestamp used by the
+        includes an absolute timestamp. The timestamp used by the
         latency_trace file is relative to the start of the trace.
 
   delay: This is just to help catch your eye a bit better. And
@@ -385,7 +386,7 @@ Here are the available options:
 sched_switch
 ------------
 
-This tracer simply records schedule switches. Here's an example
+This tracer simply records schedule switches. Here is an example
 of how to use it.
 
  # echo sched_switch > /debug/tracing/current_tracer
@@ -421,8 +422,8 @@ the name of the trace and points to the options. The "FUNCTION"
 is a misnomer since here it represents the wake ups and context
 switches.
 
-The sched_switch only lists the wake ups (represented with '+')
-and context switches ('==>') with the previous task or current
+The sched_switch file only lists the wake ups (represented with '+')
+and context switches ('==>') with the previous task or current task
 first followed by the next task or task waking up. The format for both
 of these is PID:KERNEL-PRIO:TASK-STATE. Remember that the KERNEL-PRIO
 is the inverse of the actual priority with zero (0) being the highest
@@ -437,7 +438,8 @@ The task states are:
 
  R - running : wants to run, may not actually be running
  S - sleep   : process is waiting to be woken up (handles signals)
- D - deep sleep : process must be woken up (ignores signals)
+ D - disk sleep (uninterruptible sleep) : process must be woken up
+                                        (ignores signals)
  T - stopped : process suspended
  t - traced  : process is being traced (with something like gdb)
  Z - zombie  : process waiting to be cleaned up
@@ -447,8 +449,8 @@ The task states are:
 ftrace_enabled
 --------------
 
-The following tracers give different output depending on whether
-or not the sysctl ftrace_enabled is set. To set ftrace_enabled,
+The following tracers (listed below) give different output depending
+on whether or not the sysctl ftrace_enabled is set. To set ftrace_enabled,
 one can either use the sysctl function or set it via the proc
 file system interface.
 
@@ -475,13 +477,12 @@ interrupt from triggering or the mouse interrupt from letting the
 kernel know of a new mouse event. The result is a latency with the
 reaction time.
 
-The irqsoff tracer tracks the time interrupts are disabled to the time
-they are re-enabled. When a new maximum latency is hit, it saves off
-the trace so that it may be retrieved at a later time. Every time a
-new maximum in reached, the old saved trace is discarded and the new
-trace is saved.
+The irqsoff tracer tracks the time for which interrupts are disabled.
+When a new maximum latency is hit, the tracer saves the trace leading up
+to that latency point so that every time a new maximum is reached, the old
+saved trace is discarded and the new trace is saved.
 
-To reset the maximum, echo 0 into tracing_max_latency. Here's an
+To reset the maximum, echo 0 into tracing_max_latency. Here is an
 example:
 
  # echo irqsoff > /debug/tracing/current_tracer
@@ -493,14 +494,14 @@ example:
  # cat /debug/tracing/latency_trace
 # tracer: irqsoff
 #
-irqsoff latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26-rc8
+irqsoff latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26
 --------------------------------------------------------------------
- latency: 6 us, #3/3, CPU#1 | (M:preempt VP:0, KP:0, SP:0 HP:0 #P:2)
+ latency: 12 us, #3/3, CPU#1 | (M:preempt VP:0, KP:0, SP:0 HP:0 #P:2)
     -----------------
-    | task: bash-4269 (uid:0 nice:0 policy:0 rt_prio:0)
+    | task: bash-3730 (uid:0 nice:0 policy:0 rt_prio:0)
     -----------------
- => started at: copy_page_range
- => ended at:   copy_page_range
+ => started at: sys_setpgid
+ => ended at:   sys_setpgid
 
 #                _------=> CPU#
 #               / _-----=> irqs-off
@@ -511,21 +512,19 @@ irqsoff latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26-rc8
 #              |||||     delay
 #  cmd     pid ||||| time  |   caller
 #     \   /    |||||   \   |   /
-    bash-4269  1...1    0us+: _spin_lock (copy_page_range)
-    bash-4269  1...1    7us : _spin_unlock (copy_page_range)
-    bash-4269  1...2    7us : trace_preempt_on (copy_page_range)
-
+    bash-3730  1d...    0us : _write_lock_irq (sys_setpgid)
+    bash-3730  1d..1    1us+: _write_unlock_irq (sys_setpgid)
+    bash-3730  1d..2   14us : trace_hardirqs_on (sys_setpgid)
 
-vim:ft=help
 
-Here we see that that we had a latency of 6 microsecs (which is
-very good). The spin_lock in copy_page_range disabled interrupts.
-The difference between the 6 and the displayed timestamp 7us is
-because the clock must have incremented between the time of recording
-the max latency and recording the function that had that latency.
+Here we see that that we had a latency of 12 microsecs (which is
+very good). The _write_lock_irq in sys_setpgid disabled interrupts.
+The difference between the 12 and the displayed timestamp 14us occurred
+because the clock was incremented between the time of recording the max
+latency and the time of recording the function that had that latency.
 
-Note the above had ftrace_enabled not set. If we set the ftrace_enabled,
-we get a much larger output:
+Note the above example had ftrace_enabled not set. If we set the
+ftrace_enabled, we get a much larger output:
 
 # tracer: irqsoff
 #
@@ -571,12 +570,10 @@ irqsoff latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26-rc8
       ls-4339  0d..2   51us : trace_hardirqs_on (__alloc_pages_internal)
 
 
-vim:ft=help
-
 
 Here we traced a 50 microsecond latency. But we also see all the
 functions that were called during that time. Note that by enabling
-function tracing, we endure an added overhead. This overhead may
+function tracing, we incur an added overhead. This overhead may
 extend the latency times. But nevertheless, this trace has provided
 some very helpful debugging information.
 
@@ -590,8 +587,9 @@ for preemption to be enabled again before it can preempt a lower
 priority task.
 
 The preemptoff tracer traces the places that disable preemption.
-Like the irqsoff, it records the maximum latency that preemption
-was disabled. The control of preemptoff is much like the irqsoff.
+Like the irqsoff tracer, it records the maximum latency for which preemption
+was disabled. The control of preemptoff tracer is much like the irqsoff
+tracer.
 
  # echo preemptoff > /debug/tracing/current_tracer
  # echo 0 > /debug/tracing/tracing_max_latency
@@ -625,8 +623,6 @@ preemptoff latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26-rc8
     sshd-4261  0d.s1   30us : trace_preempt_on (__do_softirq)
 
 
-vim:ft=help
-
 This has some more changes. Preemption was disabled when an interrupt
 came in (notice the 'h'), and was enabled while doing a softirq.
 (notice the 's'). But we also see that interrupts have been disabled
@@ -694,16 +690,16 @@ The above is an example of the preemptoff trace with ftrace_enabled
 set. Here we see that interrupts were disabled the entire time.
 The irq_enter code lets us know that we entered an interrupt 'h'.
 Before that, the functions being traced still show that it is not
-in an interrupt, but we can see by the functions themselves that
+in an interrupt, but we can see from the functions themselves that
 this is not the case.
 
-Notice that the __do_softirq when called doesn't have a preempt_count.
-It may seem that we missed a preempt enabled. What really happened
-is that the preempt count is held on the threads stack and we
+Notice that __do_softirq when called does not have a preempt_count.
+It may seem that we missed a preempt enabling. What really happened
+is that the preempt count is held on the thread's stack and we
 switched to the softirq stack (4K stacks in effect). The code
 does not copy the preempt count, but because interrupts are disabled,
-we don't need to worry about it. Having a tracer like this is good
-to let people know what really happens inside the kernel.
+we do not need to worry about it. Having a tracer like this is good
+for letting people know what really happens inside the kernel.
 
 
 preemptirqsoff
@@ -713,7 +709,7 @@ Knowing the locations that have interrupts disabled or preemption
 disabled for the longest times is helpful. But sometimes we would
 like to know when either preemption and/or interrupts are disabled.
 
-The following code:
+Consider the following code:
 
     local_irq_disable();
     call_function_with_irqs_off();
@@ -769,12 +765,10 @@ preemptirqsoff latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26-rc8
       ls-4860  0d.s1  294us : trace_preempt_on (__do_softirq)
 
 
-vim:ft=help
-
 
 The trace_hardirqs_off_thunk is called from assembly on x86 when
 interrupts are disabled in the assembly code. Without the function
-tracing, we don't know if interrupts were enabled within the preemption
+tracing, we do not know if interrupts were enabled within the preemption
 points. We do see that it started with preemption enabled.
 
 Here is a trace with ftrace_enabled set:
@@ -865,19 +859,19 @@ preemptirqsoff latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26-rc8
 
 This is a very interesting trace. It started with the preemption of
 the ls task. We see that the task had the "need_resched" bit set
-with the 'N' in the trace.  Interrupts are disabled in the spin_lock
-and the trace started. We see that a schedule took place to run
+via the 'N' in the trace.  Interrupts were disabled before the spin_lock
+at the beginning of the trace. We see that a schedule took place to run
 sshd.  When the interrupts were enabled, we took an interrupt.
 On return from the interrupt handler, the softirq ran. We took another
-interrupt while running the softirq as we see with the capital 'H'.
+interrupt while running the softirq as we see from the capital 'H'.
 
 
 wakeup
 ------
 
-In Real-Time environment it is very important to know the wakeup
-time it takes for the highest priority task that wakes up to the
-time it executes. This is also known as "schedule latency".
+In a Real-Time environment it is very important to know the wakeup
+time it takes for the highest priority task that is woken up to the
+time that it executes. This is also known as "schedule latency".
 I stress the point that this is about RT tasks. It is also important
 to know the scheduling latency of non-RT tasks, but the average
 schedule latency is better for non-RT tasks. Tools like
@@ -926,8 +920,6 @@ wakeup latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26-rc8
   <idle>-0     1d..4    4us : schedule (cpu_idle)
 
 
-vim:ft=help
-
 
 Running this on an idle system, we see that it only took 4 microseconds
 to perform the task switch.  Note, since the trace marker in the
@@ -996,15 +988,15 @@ ksoftirq-7     1d..6   49us : sub_preempt_count (_spin_unlock)
 ksoftirq-7     1d..4   50us : schedule (__cond_resched)
 
 The interrupt went off while running ksoftirqd. This task runs at
-SCHED_OTHER. Why didn't we see the 'N' set early? This may be
+SCHED_OTHER. Why did not we see the 'N' set early? This may be
 a harmless bug with x86_32 and 4K stacks. On x86_32 with 4K stacks
-configured, the interrupt and softirq runs with their own stack.
+configured, the interrupt and softirq run with their own stack.
 Some information is held on the top of the task's stack (need_resched
 and preempt_count are both stored there). The setting of the NEED_RESCHED
 bit is done directly to the task's stack, but the reading of the
 NEED_RESCHED is done by looking at the current stack, which in this case
 is the stack for the hard interrupt. This hides the fact that NEED_RESCHED
-has been set. We don't see the 'N' until we switch back to the task's
+has been set. We do not see the 'N' until we switch back to the task's
 assigned stack.
 
 ftrace
@@ -1044,14 +1036,14 @@ this tracer is a nop.
 [...]
 
 
-Note: It is sometimes better to enable or disable tracing directly from
-a program, because the buffer may be overflowed by the echo commands
-before you get to the point you want to trace. It is also easier to
-stop the tracing at the point that you hit the part that you are
-interested in. Since the ftrace buffer is a ring buffer with the
-oldest data being overwritten, usually it is sufficient to start the
-tracer with an echo command but have you code stop it. Something
-like the following is usually appropriate for this.
+Note: ftrace uses ring buffers to store the above entries. The newest data
+may overwrite the oldest data. Sometimes using echo to stop the trace
+is not sufficient because the tracing could have overwritten the data
+that you wanted to record. For this reason, it is sometimes better to
+disable tracing directly from a program. This allows you to stop the
+tracing at the point that you hit the part that you are interested in.
+To disable the tracing directly from a C program, something like following
+code snippet can be used:
 
 int trace_fd;
 [...]
@@ -1060,20 +1052,26 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) {
         trace_fd = open("/debug/tracing/tracing_enabled", O_WRONLY);
         [...]
         if (condition_hit()) {
-        write(trace_fd, "0", 1);
+                write(trace_fd, "0", 1);
         }
         [...]
 }
 
+Note: Here we hard coded the path name. The debugfs mount is not
+guaranteed to be at /debug (and is more commonly at /sys/kernel/debug).
+For simple one time traces, the above is sufficent. For anything else,
+a search through /proc/mounts may be needed to find where the debugfs
+file-system is mounted.
 
 dynamic ftrace
 --------------
 
-If CONFIG_DYNAMIC_FTRACE is set, then the system will run with
+If CONFIG_DYNAMIC_FTRACE is set, the system will run with
 virtually no overhead when function tracing is disabled. The way
 this works is the mcount function call (placed at the start of
 every kernel function, produced by the -pg switch in gcc), starts
-of pointing to a simple return.
+of pointing to a simple return. (Enabling FTRACE will include the
+-pg switch in the compiling of the kernel.)
 
 When dynamic ftrace is initialized, it calls kstop_machine to make
 the machine act like a uniprocessor so that it can freely modify code
@@ -1086,15 +1084,15 @@ Later on the ftraced kernel thread is awoken and will again call
 kstop_machine if new functions have been recorded. The ftraced thread
 will change all calls to mcount to "nop".  Just calling mcount
 and having mcount return has shown a 10% overhead. By converting
-it to a nop, there is no recordable overhead to the system.
+it to a nop, there is no measurable overhead to the system.
 
 One special side-effect to the recording of the functions being
-traced, is that we can now selectively choose which functions we
-want to trace and which ones we want the mcount calls to remain as
+traced is that we can now selectively choose which functions we
+wish to trace and which ones we want the mcount calls to remain as
 nops.
 
 Two files are used, one for enabling and one for disabling the tracing
-of recorded functions. They are:
+of specified functions. They are:
 
   set_ftrace_filter
 
@@ -1116,7 +1114,7 @@ pick_next_task_fair
 mutex_lock
 [...]
 
-If I'm only interested in sys_nanosleep and hrtimer_interrupt:
+If I am only interested in sys_nanosleep and hrtimer_interrupt:
 
  # echo sys_nanosleep hrtimer_interrupt \
                 > /debug/tracing/set_ftrace_filter
@@ -1133,21 +1131,21 @@ If I'm only interested in sys_nanosleep and hrtimer_interrupt:
           usleep-4134  [00]  1317.070111: sys_nanosleep <-syscall_call
           <idle>-0     [00]  1317.070115: hrtimer_interrupt <-smp_apic_timer_interrupt
 
-To see what functions are being traced, you can cat the file:
+To see which functions are being traced, you can cat the file:
 
  # cat /debug/tracing/set_ftrace_filter
 hrtimer_interrupt
 sys_nanosleep
 
 
-Perhaps this isn't enough. The filters also allow simple wild cards.
+Perhaps this is not enough. The filters also allow simple wild cards.
 Only the following are currently available
 
   <match>*  - will match functions that begin with <match>
   *<match>  - will match functions that end with <match>
   *<match>* - will match functions that have <match> in it
 
-Thats all the wild cards that are allowed.
+These are the only wild cards which are supported.
 
   <match>*<match> will not work.
 
@@ -1258,15 +1256,15 @@ calls that need to be converted into nops. If there are not any, then
 it simply goes back to sleep. But if there are some, it will call
 kstop_machine to convert the calls to nops.
 
-There may be a case that you do not want this added latency.
+There may be a case in which you do not want this added latency.
 Perhaps you are doing some audio recording and this activity might
 cause skips in the playback. There is an interface to disable
-and enable the ftraced kernel thread.
+and enable the "ftraced" kernel thread.
 
  # echo 0 > /debug/tracing/ftraced_enabled
 
-This will disable the calling of the kstop_machine to update the
-mcount calls to nops. Remember that there's a large overhead
+This will disable the calling of kstop_machine to update the
+mcount calls to nops. Remember that there is a large overhead
 to calling mcount. Without this kernel thread, that overhead will
 exist.
 
@@ -1282,8 +1280,8 @@ that uses ftrace function recording.
 trace_pipe
 ----------
 
-The trace_pipe outputs the same as trace, but the effect on the
-tracing is different. Every read from trace_pipe is consumed.
+The trace_pipe outputs the same content as the trace file, but the effect
+on the tracing is different. Every read from trace_pipe is consumed.
 This means that subsequent reads will be different. The trace
 is live.
 
@@ -1313,7 +1311,7 @@ is live.
             bash-4043  [00] 41.267111: select_task_rq_rt <-try_to_wake_up
 
 
-Note, reading the trace_pipe will block until more input is added.
+Note, reading the trace_pipe file will block until more input is added.
 By changing the tracer, trace_pipe will issue an EOF. We needed
 to set the ftrace tracer _before_ cating the trace_pipe file.
 
@@ -1322,7 +1320,7 @@ trace entries
 -------------
 
 Having too much or not enough data can be troublesome in diagnosing
-some issue in the kernel. The file trace_entries is used to modify
+an issue in the kernel. The file trace_entries is used to modify
 the size of the internal trace buffers. The number listed
 is the number of entries that can be recorded per CPU. To know
 the full size, multiply the number of possible CPUS with the
@@ -1332,7 +1330,8 @@ number of entries.
 65620
 
 Note, to modify this, you must have tracing completely disabled. To do that,
-echo "none" into the current_tracer.
+echo "none" into the current_tracer. If the current_tracer is not set
+to "none", an EINVAL error will be returned.
 
  # echo none > /debug/tracing/current_tracer
  # echo 100000 > /debug/tracing/trace_entries
@@ -1341,18 +1340,18 @@ echo "none" into the current_tracer.
 
 
 Notice that we echoed in 100,000 but the size is 100,045. The entries
-are held by individual pages. It allocates the number of pages it takes
+are held in individual pages. It allocates the number of pages it takes
 to fulfill the request. If more entries may fit on the last page
-it will add them.
+then they will be added.
 
  # echo 1 > /debug/tracing/trace_entries
  # cat /debug/tracing/trace_entries
 85
 
-This shows us that 85 entries can fit on a single page.
+This shows us that 85 entries can fit in a single page.
 
-The number of pages that will be allocated is a percentage of available
-memory. Allocating too much will produce an error.
+The number of pages which will be allocated is limited to a percentage
+of available memory. Allocating too much will produce an error.
 
  # echo 1000000000000 > /debug/tracing/trace_entries
 -bash: echo: write error: Cannot allocate memory
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/max6875 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/max6875
index a0cd8af2f408..10ca43cd1a72 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/chips/max6875
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/max6875
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ $ modprobe max6875 force=0,0x50
 
 The MAX6874/MAX6875 ignores address bit 0, so this driver attaches to multiple
 addresses.  For example, for address 0x50, it also reserves 0x51.
-The even-address instance is called 'max6875', the odd one is 'max6875 subclient'.
+The even-address instance is called 'max6875', the odd one is 'dummy'.
 
 
 Programming the chip using i2c-dev
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/pca9539 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pca9539
index 1d81c530c4a5..6aff890088b1 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/chips/pca9539
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pca9539
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ drivers/gpio/pca9539.c instead.
 Supported chips:
   * Philips PCA9539
     Prefix: 'pca9539'
-    Addresses scanned: 0x74 - 0x77
+    Addresses scanned: none
     Datasheet:
         http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/acrobat/datasheets/PCA9539_2.pdf
 
@@ -23,6 +23,14 @@ The input sense can also be inverted.
 The 16 lines are split between two bytes.
 
 
+Detection
+---------
+
+The PCA9539 is difficult to detect and not commonly found in PC machines,
+so you have to pass the I2C bus and address of the installed PCA9539
+devices explicitly to the driver at load time via the force=... parameter.
+
+
 Sysfs entries
 -------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8574 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8574
index 5c1ad1376b62..235815c075ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8574
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8574
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ Kernel driver pcf8574
 Supported chips:
   * Philips PCF8574
     Prefix: 'pcf8574'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x20 - 0x27
+    Addresses scanned: none
     Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips Semiconductors website
                http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/pip/PCF8574P.html
 
  * Philips PCF8574A
     Prefix: 'pcf8574a'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x38 - 0x3f
+    Addresses scanned: none
     Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips Semiconductors website
                http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/pip/PCF8574P.html
 
@@ -38,12 +38,10 @@ For more informations see the datasheet.
 Accessing PCF8574(A) via /sys interface
 -------------------------------------
 
-! Be careful !
 The PCF8574(A) is plainly impossible to detect ! Stupid chip.
-So every chip with address in the interval [20..27] and [38..3f] are
-detected as PCF8574(A). If you have other chips in this address
-range, the workaround is to load this module after the one
-for your others chips.
+So, you have to pass the I2C bus and address of the installed PCF857A
+and PCF8574A devices explicitly to the driver at load time via the
+force=... parameter.
 
 On detection (i.e. insmod, modprobe et al.), directories are being
 created for each detected PCF8574(A):
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8575 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8575
index 25f5698a61cf..40b268eb276f 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8575
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8575
@@ -40,12 +40,9 @@ Detection
 ---------
 
 There is no method known to detect whether a chip on a given I2C address is
-a PCF8575 or whether it is any other I2C device. So there are two alternatives
-to let the driver find the installed PCF8575 devices:
-- Load this driver after any other I2C driver for I2C devices with addresses
-  in the range 0x20 .. 0x27.
-- Pass the I2C bus and address of the installed PCF8575 devices explicitly to
-  the driver at load time via the probe=... or force=... parameters.
+a PCF8575 or whether it is any other I2C device, so you have to pass the I2C
+bus and address of the installed PCF8575 devices explicitly to the driver at
+load time via the force=... parameter.
 
 /sys interface
 --------------
diff --git a/Documentation/ia64/paravirt_ops.txt b/Documentation/ia64/paravirt_ops.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..39ded02ec33f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ia64/paravirt_ops.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+Paravirt_ops on IA64
+====================
+                          21 May 2008, Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp>
+
+
+Introduction
+------------
+The aim of this documentation is to help with maintainability and/or to
+encourage people to use paravirt_ops/IA64.
+
+paravirt_ops (pv_ops in short) is a way for virtualization support of
+Linux kernel on x86. Several ways for virtualization support were
+proposed, paravirt_ops is the winner.
+On the other hand, now there are also several IA64 virtualization
+technologies like kvm/IA64, xen/IA64 and many other academic IA64
+hypervisors so that it is good to add generic virtualization
+infrastructure on Linux/IA64.
+
+
+What is paravirt_ops?
+---------------------
+It has been developed on x86 as virtualization support via API, not ABI.
+It allows each hypervisor to override operations which are important for
+hypervisors at API level. And it allows a single kernel binary to run on
+all supported execution environments including native machine.
+Essentially paravirt_ops is a set of function pointers which represent
+operations corresponding to low level sensitive instructions and high
+level functionalities in various area. But one significant difference
+from usual function pointer table is that it allows optimization with
+binary patch. It is because some of these operations are very
+performance sensitive and indirect call overhead is not negligible.
+With binary patch, indirect C function call can be transformed into
+direct C function call or in-place execution to eliminate the overhead.
+
+Thus, operations of paravirt_ops are classified into three categories.
+- simple indirect call
+  These operations correspond to high level functionality so that the
+  overhead of indirect call isn't very important.
+
+- indirect call which allows optimization with binary patch
+  Usually these operations correspond to low level instructions. They
+  are called frequently and performance critical. So the overhead is
+  very important.
+
+- a set of macros for hand written assembly code
+  Hand written assembly codes (.S files) also need paravirtualization
+  because they include sensitive instructions or some of code paths in
+  them are very performance critical.
+
+
+The relation to the IA64 machine vector
+---------------------------------------
+Linux/IA64 has the IA64 machine vector functionality which allows the
+kernel to switch implementations (e.g. initialization, ipi, dma api...)
+depending on executing platform.
+We can replace some implementations very easily defining a new machine
+vector. Thus another approach for virtualization support would be
+enhancing the machine vector functionality.
+But paravirt_ops approach was taken because
+- virtualization support needs wider support than machine vector does.
+  e.g. low level instruction paravirtualization. It must be
+       initialized very early before platform detection.
+
+- virtualization support needs more functionality like binary patch.
+  Probably the calling overhead might not be very large compared to the
+  emulation overhead of virtualization. However in the native case, the
+  overhead should be eliminated completely.
+  A single kernel binary should run on each environment including native,
+  and the overhead of paravirt_ops on native environment should be as
+  small as possible.
+
+- for full virtualization technology, e.g. KVM/IA64 or
+  Xen/IA64 HVM domain, the result would be
+  (the emulated platform machine vector. probably dig) + (pv_ops).
+  This means that the virtualization support layer should be under
+  the machine vector layer.
+
+Possibly it might be better to move some function pointers from
+paravirt_ops to machine vector. In fact, Xen domU case utilizes both
+pv_ops and machine vector.
+
+
+IA64 paravirt_ops
+-----------------
+In this section, the concrete paravirt_ops will be discussed.
+Because of the architecture difference between ia64 and x86, the
+resulting set of functions is very different from x86 pv_ops.
+
+- C function pointer tables
+They are not very performance critical so that simple C indirect
+function call is acceptable. The following structures are defined at
+this moment. For details see linux/include/asm-ia64/paravirt.h
+  - struct pv_info
+    This structure describes the execution environment.
+  - struct pv_init_ops
+    This structure describes the various initialization hooks.
+  - struct pv_iosapic_ops
+    This structure describes hooks to iosapic operations.
+  - struct pv_irq_ops
+    This structure describes hooks to irq related operations
+  - struct pv_time_op
+    This structure describes hooks to steal time accounting.
+
+- a set of indirect calls which need optimization
+Currently this class of functions correspond to a subset of IA64
+intrinsics. At this moment the optimization with binary patch isn't
+implemented yet.
+struct pv_cpu_op is defined. For details see
+linux/include/asm-ia64/paravirt_privop.h
+Mostly they correspond to ia64 intrinsics 1-to-1.
+Caveat: Now they are defined as C indirect function pointers, but in
+order to support binary patch optimization, they will be changed
+using GCC extended inline assembly code.
+
+- a set of macros for hand written assembly code (.S files)
+For maintenance purpose, the taken approach for .S files is single
+source code and compile multiple times with different macros definitions.
+Each pv_ops instance must define those macros to compile.
+The important thing here is that sensitive, but non-privileged
+instructions must be paravirtualized and that some privileged
+instructions also need paravirtualization for reasonable performance.
+Developers who modify .S files must be aware of that. At this moment
+an easy checker is implemented to detect paravirtualization breakage.
+But it doesn't cover all the cases.
+
+Sometimes this set of macros is called pv_cpu_asm_op. But there is no
+corresponding structure in the source code.
+Those macros mostly 1:1 correspond to a subset of privileged
+instructions. See linux/include/asm-ia64/native/inst.h.
+And some functions written in assembly also need to be overrided so
+that each pv_ops instance have to define some macros. Again see
+linux/include/asm-ia64/native/inst.h.
+
+
+Those structures must be initialized very early before start_kernel.
+Probably initialized in head.S using multi entry point or some other trick.
+For native case implementation see linux/arch/ia64/kernel/paravirt.c.
diff --git a/Documentation/input/gameport-programming.txt b/Documentation/input/gameport-programming.txt
index 14e0a8b70225..03a74fc3b496 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/gameport-programming.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/gameport-programming.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-$Id: gameport-programming.txt,v 1.3 2001/04/24 13:51:37 vojtech Exp $
-
 Programming gameport drivers
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
diff --git a/Documentation/input/input.txt b/Documentation/input/input.txt
index ff8cea0225f9..686ee9932dff 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/input.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/input.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
                           Linux Input drivers v1.0
                (c) 1999-2001 Vojtech Pavlik <vojtech@ucw.cz>
                              Sponsored by SuSE
-            $Id: input.txt,v 1.8 2002/05/29 03:15:01 bradleym Exp $
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 0. Disclaimer
diff --git a/Documentation/input/joystick-api.txt b/Documentation/input/joystick-api.txt
index acbd32b88454..c507330740cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/joystick-api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/joystick-api.txt
@@ -5,8 +5,6 @@
 
                               7 Aug 1998
 
-        $Id: joystick-api.txt,v 1.2 2001/05/08 21:21:23 vojtech Exp $
-
 1. Initialization
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
diff --git a/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt b/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt
index ede5f33daad3..1c856f32ff2c 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,6 @@
                (c) 1998-2000 Vojtech Pavlik <vojtech@ucw.cz>
                (c) 1998 Andree Borrmann <a.borrmann@tu-bs.de>
                              Sponsored by SuSE
-        $Id: joystick-parport.txt,v 1.6 2001/09/25 09:31:32 vojtech Exp $
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 0. Disclaimer
diff --git a/Documentation/input/joystick.txt b/Documentation/input/joystick.txt
index 389de9bd9878..154d767b2acb 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/joystick.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/joystick.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
                        Linux Joystick driver v2.0.0
                (c) 1996-2000 Vojtech Pavlik <vojtech@ucw.cz>
                              Sponsored by SuSE
-           $Id: joystick.txt,v 1.12 2002/03/03 12:13:07 jdeneux Exp $
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 0. Disclaimer
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt
index c19efdeace2c..91a6ecbae0bb 100644
--- a/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt
@@ -508,12 +508,13 @@ HDIO_DRIVE_RESET		execute a device reset
 
         error returns:
           EACCES        Access denied:  requires CAP_SYS_ADMIN
+          ENXIO         No such device: phy dead or ctl_addr == 0
+          EIO           I/O error:      reset timed out or hardware error
 
         notes:
 
-          Abort any current command, prevent anything else from being
-          queued, execute a reset on the device, and issue BLKRRPART
-          ioctl on the block device.
+          Execute a reset on the device as soon as the current IO
+          operation has completed.
 
           Executes an ATAPI soft reset if applicable, otherwise
           executes an ATA soft reset on the controller.
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
index b8451f771460..47e7d8794fc6 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -147,10 +147,14 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                         default: 0
 
         acpi_sleep=     [HW,ACPI] Sleep options
-                        Format: { s3_bios, s3_mode, s3_beep }
+                        Format: { s3_bios, s3_mode, s3_beep, old_ordering }
                         See Documentation/power/video.txt for s3_bios and s3_mode.
                         s3_beep is for debugging; it makes the PC's speaker beep
                         as soon as the kernel's real-mode entry point is called.
+                        old_ordering causes the ACPI 1.0 ordering of the _PTS
+                        control method, wrt putting devices into low power
+                        states, to be enforced (the ACPI 2.0 ordering of _PTS is
+                        used by default).
 
         acpi_sci=       [HW,ACPI] ACPI System Control Interrupt trigger mode
                         Format: { level | edge | high | low }
@@ -818,7 +822,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                         See Documentation/ide/ide.txt.
 
         idle=           [X86]
-                        Format: idle=poll or idle=mwait
+                        Format: idle=poll or idle=mwait, idle=halt, idle=nomwait
                         Poll forces a polling idle loop that can slightly improves the performance
                         of waking up a idle CPU, but will use a lot of power and make the system
                         run hot. Not recommended.
@@ -826,6 +830,9 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                         to not use it because it doesn't save as much power as a normal idle
                         loop use the MONITOR/MWAIT idle loop anyways. Performance should be the same
                         as idle=poll.
+                        idle=halt. Halt is forced to be used for CPU idle.
+                        In such case C2/C3 won't be used again.
+                        idle=nomwait. Disable mwait for CPU C-states
 
         ide-pci-generic.all-generic-ide [HW] (E)IDE subsystem
                         Claim all unknown PCI IDE storage controllers.
@@ -1199,7 +1206,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                                  or
                                  memmap=0x10000$0x18690000
 
-        memtest=        [KNL,X86_64] Enable memtest
+        memtest=        [KNL,X86] Enable memtest
                         Format: <integer>
                         range: 0,4 : pattern number
                         default : 0 <disable>
@@ -1272,6 +1279,13 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                         This usage is only documented in each driver source
                         file if at all.
 
+        nf_conntrack.acct=
+                        [NETFILTER] Enable connection tracking flow accounting
+                        0 to disable accounting
+                        1 to enable accounting
+                        Default value depends on CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT that is
+                        going to be removed in 2.6.29.
+
         nfsaddrs=       [NFS]
                         See Documentation/filesystems/nfsroot.txt.
 
@@ -1534,6 +1548,9 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                                 Use with caution as certain devices share
                                 address decoders between ROMs and other
                                 resources.
+                norom           [X86-32,X86_64] Do not assign address space to
+                                expansion ROMs that do not already have
+                                BIOS assigned address ranges.
                 irqmask=0xMMMM  [X86-32] Set a bit mask of IRQs allowed to be
                                 assigned automatically to PCI devices. You can
                                 make the kernel exclude IRQs of your ISA cards
@@ -2151,6 +2168,10 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                         Note that genuine overcurrent events won't be
                         reported either.
 
+        unknown_nmi_panic
+                        [X86-32,X86-64]
+                        Set unknown_nmi_panic=1 early on boot.
+
         usbcore.autosuspend=
                         [USB] The autosuspend time delay (in seconds) used
                         for newly-detected USB devices (default 2).  This
diff --git a/Documentation/kprobes.txt b/Documentation/kprobes.txt
index 6877e7187113..a79633d702bf 100644
--- a/Documentation/kprobes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kprobes.txt
@@ -172,6 +172,7 @@ architectures:
 - ia64 (Does not support probes on instruction slot1.)
 - sparc64 (Return probes not yet implemented.)
 - arm
+- ppc
 
 3. Configuring Kprobes
 
diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/acer-wmi.txt b/Documentation/laptops/acer-wmi.txt
index 79b7dbd22141..69b5dd4e5a59 100644
--- a/Documentation/laptops/acer-wmi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/laptops/acer-wmi.txt
@@ -174,8 +174,6 @@ The LED is exposed through the LED subsystem, and can be found in:
 The mail LED is autodetected, so if you don't have one, the LED device won't
 be registered.
 
-If you have a mail LED that is not green, please report this to me.
-
 Backlight
 *********
 
diff --git a/Documentation/md.txt b/Documentation/md.txt
index a8b430627473..1da9d1b1793f 100644
--- a/Documentation/md.txt
+++ b/Documentation/md.txt
@@ -236,6 +236,11 @@ All md devices contain:
      writing the word for the desired state, however some states
      cannot be explicitly set, and some transitions are not allowed.
 
+     Select/poll works on this file.  All changes except between
+        active_idle and active (which can be frequent and are not
+        very interesting) are notified.  active->active_idle is
+        reported if the metadata is externally managed.
+
      clear
          No devices, no size, no level
          Writing is equivalent to STOP_ARRAY ioctl
@@ -292,6 +297,10 @@ Each directory contains:
               writemostly - device will only be subject to read
                          requests if there are no other options.
                          This applies only to raid1 arrays.
+              blocked  - device has failed, metadata is "external",
+                         and the failure hasn't been acknowledged yet.
+                         Writes that would write to this device if
+                         it were not faulty are blocked.
               spare    - device is working, but not a full member.
                          This includes spares that are in the process
                          of being recovered to
@@ -301,6 +310,12 @@ Each directory contains:
         Writing "remove" removes the device from the array.
         Writing "writemostly" sets the writemostly flag.
         Writing "-writemostly" clears the writemostly flag.
+        Writing "blocked" sets the "blocked" flag.
+        Writing "-blocked" clear the "blocked" flag and allows writes
+                to complete.
+
+        This file responds to select/poll. Any change to 'faulty'
+        or 'blocked' causes an event.
 
       errors
         An approximate count of read errors that have been detected on
@@ -332,7 +347,7 @@ Each directory contains:
         for storage of data.  This will normally be the same as the
         component_size.  This can be written while assembling an
         array.  If a value less than the current component_size is
-        written, component_size will be reduced to this value.
+        written, it will be rejected.
 
 
 An active md device will also contain and entry for each active device
@@ -381,6 +396,19 @@ also have
         'check' and 'repair' will start the appropriate process
            providing the current state is 'idle'.
 
+      This file responds to select/poll.  Any important change in the value
+      triggers a poll event.  Sometimes the value will briefly be
+      "recover" if a recovery seems to be needed, but cannot be
+      achieved. In that case, the transition to "recover" isn't
+      notified, but the transition away is.
+
+   degraded
+      This contains a count of the number of devices by which the
+      arrays is degraded.  So an optimal array with show '0'.  A
+      single failed/missing drive will show '1', etc.
+      This file responds to select/poll, any increase or decrease
+      in the count of missing devices will trigger an event.
+
    mismatch_count
       When performing 'check' and 'repair', and possibly when
       performing 'resync', md will count the number of errors that are
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
index a0cda062bc33..7fa7fe71d7a8 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
@@ -289,35 +289,73 @@ downdelay
 fail_over_mac
 
         Specifies whether active-backup mode should set all slaves to
-        the same MAC address (the traditional behavior), or, when
-        enabled, change the bond's MAC address when changing the
-        active interface (i.e., fail over the MAC address itself).
-
-        Fail over MAC is useful for devices that cannot ever alter
-        their MAC address, or for devices that refuse incoming
-        broadcasts with their own source MAC (which interferes with
-        the ARP monitor).
-
-        The down side of fail over MAC is that every device on the
-        network must be updated via gratuitous ARP, vs. just updating
-        a switch or set of switches (which often takes place for any
-        traffic, not just ARP traffic, if the switch snoops incoming
-        traffic to update its tables) for the traditional method.  If
-        the gratuitous ARP is lost, communication may be disrupted.
-
-        When fail over MAC is used in conjuction with the mii monitor,
-        devices which assert link up prior to being able to actually
-        transmit and receive are particularly susecptible to loss of
-        the gratuitous ARP, and an appropriate updelay setting may be
-        required.
-
-        A value of 0 disables fail over MAC, and is the default.  A
-        value of 1 enables fail over MAC.  This option is enabled
-        automatically if the first slave added cannot change its MAC
-        address.  This option may be modified via sysfs only when no
-        slaves are present in the bond.
-
-        This option was added in bonding version 3.2.0.
+        the same MAC address at enslavement (the traditional
+        behavior), or, when enabled, perform special handling of the
+        bond's MAC address in accordance with the selected policy.
+
+        Possible values are:
+
+        none or 0
+
+                This setting disables fail_over_mac, and causes
+                bonding to set all slaves of an active-backup bond to
+                the same MAC address at enslavement time.  This is the
+                default.
+
+        active or 1
+
+                The "active" fail_over_mac policy indicates that the
+                MAC address of the bond should always be the MAC
+                address of the currently active slave.  The MAC
+                address of the slaves is not changed; instead, the MAC
+                address of the bond changes during a failover.
+
+                This policy is useful for devices that cannot ever
+                alter their MAC address, or for devices that refuse
+                incoming broadcasts with their own source MAC (which
+                interferes with the ARP monitor).
+
+                The down side of this policy is that every device on
+                the network must be updated via gratuitous ARP,
+                vs. just updating a switch or set of switches (which
+                often takes place for any traffic, not just ARP
+                traffic, if the switch snoops incoming traffic to
+                update its tables) for the traditional method.  If the
+                gratuitous ARP is lost, communication may be
+                disrupted.
+
+                When this policy is used in conjuction with the mii
+                monitor, devices which assert link up prior to being
+                able to actually transmit and receive are particularly
+                susecptible to loss of the gratuitous ARP, and an
+                appropriate updelay setting may be required.
+
+        follow or 2
+
+                The "follow" fail_over_mac policy causes the MAC
+                address of the bond to be selected normally (normally
+                the MAC address of the first slave added to the bond).
+                However, the second and subsequent slaves are not set
+                to this MAC address while they are in a backup role; a
+                slave is programmed with the bond's MAC address at
+                failover time (and the formerly active slave receives
+                the newly active slave's MAC address).
+
+                This policy is useful for multiport devices that
+                either become confused or incur a performance penalty
+                when multiple ports are programmed with the same MAC
+                address.
+
+
+        The default policy is none, unless the first slave cannot
+        change its MAC address, in which case the active policy is
+        selected by default.
+
+        This option may be modified via sysfs only when no slaves are
+        present in the bond.
+
+        This option was added in bonding version 3.2.0.  The "follow"
+        policy was added in bonding version 3.3.0.
 
 lacp_rate
 
@@ -338,7 +376,8 @@ max_bonds
         Specifies the number of bonding devices to create for this
         instance of the bonding driver.  E.g., if max_bonds is 3, and
         the bonding driver is not already loaded, then bond0, bond1
-        and bond2 will be created.  The default value is 1.
+        and bond2 will be created.  The default value is 1.  Specifying
+        a value of 0 will load bonding, but will not create any devices.
 
 miimon
 
@@ -501,6 +540,17 @@ mode
                 swapped with the new curr_active_slave that was
                 chosen.
 
+num_grat_arp
+
+        Specifies the number of gratuitous ARPs to be issued after a
+        failover event.  One gratuitous ARP is issued immediately after
+        the failover, subsequent ARPs are sent at a rate of one per link
+        monitor interval (arp_interval or miimon, whichever is active).
+
+        The valid range is 0 - 255; the default value is 1.  This option
+        affects only the active-backup mode.  This option was added for
+        bonding version 3.3.0.
+
 primary
 
         A string (eth0, eth2, etc) specifying which slave is the
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dm9000.txt b/Documentation/networking/dm9000.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..65df3dea5561
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/networking/dm9000.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+DM9000 Network driver
+=====================
+
+Copyright 2008 Simtec Electronics,
+          Ben Dooks <ben@simtec.co.uk> <ben-linux@fluff.org>
+
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+This file describes how to use the DM9000 platform-device based network driver
+that is contained in the files drivers/net/dm9000.c and drivers/net/dm9000.h.
+
+The driver supports three DM9000 variants, the DM9000E which is the first chip
+supported as well as the newer DM9000A and DM9000B devices. It is currently
+maintained and tested by Ben Dooks, who should be CC: to any patches for this
+driver.
+
+
+Defining the platform device
+----------------------------
+
+The minimum set of resources attached to the platform device are as follows:
+
+    1) The physical address of the address register
+    2) The physical address of the data register
+    3) The IRQ line the device's interrupt pin is connected to.
+
+These resources should be specified in that order, as the ordering of the
+two address regions is important (the driver expects these to be address
+and then data).
+
+An example from arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/mach-bast.c is:
+
+static struct resource bast_dm9k_resource[] = {
+        [0] = {
+                .start = S3C2410_CS5 + BAST_PA_DM9000,
+                .end   = S3C2410_CS5 + BAST_PA_DM9000 + 3,
+                .flags = IORESOURCE_MEM,
+        },
+        [1] = {
+                .start = S3C2410_CS5 + BAST_PA_DM9000 + 0x40,
+                .end   = S3C2410_CS5 + BAST_PA_DM9000 + 0x40 + 0x3f,
+                .flags = IORESOURCE_MEM,
+        },
+        [2] = {
+                .start = IRQ_DM9000,
+                .end   = IRQ_DM9000,
+                .flags = IORESOURCE_IRQ | IORESOURCE_IRQ_HIGHLEVEL,
+        }
+};
+
+static struct platform_device bast_device_dm9k = {
+        .name           = "dm9000",
+        .id             = 0,
+        .num_resources  = ARRAY_SIZE(bast_dm9k_resource),
+        .resource       = bast_dm9k_resource,
+};
+
+Note the setting of the IRQ trigger flag in bast_dm9k_resource[2].flags,
+as this will generate a warning if it is not present. The trigger from
+the flags field will be passed to request_irq() when registering the IRQ
+handler to ensure that the IRQ is setup correctly.
+
+This shows a typical platform device, without the optional configuration
+platform data supplied. The next example uses the same resources, but adds
+the optional platform data to pass extra configuration data:
+
+static struct dm9000_plat_data bast_dm9k_platdata = {
+        .flags          = DM9000_PLATF_16BITONLY,
+};
+
+static struct platform_device bast_device_dm9k = {
+        .name           = "dm9000",
+        .id             = 0,
+        .num_resources  = ARRAY_SIZE(bast_dm9k_resource),
+        .resource       = bast_dm9k_resource,
+        .dev            = {
+                .platform_data = &bast_dm9k_platdata,
+        }
+};
+
+The platform data is defined in include/linux/dm9000.h and described below.
+
+
+Platform data
+-------------
+
+Extra platform data for the DM9000 can describe the IO bus width to the
+device, whether or not an external PHY is attached to the device and
+the availability of an external configuration EEPROM.
+
+The flags for the platform data .flags field are as follows:
+
+DM9000_PLATF_8BITONLY
+
+        The IO should be done with 8bit operations.
+
+DM9000_PLATF_16BITONLY
+
+        The IO should be done with 16bit operations.
+
+DM9000_PLATF_32BITONLY
+
+        The IO should be done with 32bit operations.
+
+DM9000_PLATF_EXT_PHY
+
+        The chip is connected to an external PHY.
+
+DM9000_PLATF_NO_EEPROM
+
+        This can be used to signify that the board does not have an
+        EEPROM, or that the EEPROM should be hidden from the user.
+
+DM9000_PLATF_SIMPLE_PHY
+
+        Switch to using the simpler PHY polling method which does not
+        try and read the MII PHY state regularly. This is only available
+        when using the internal PHY. See the section on link state polling
+        for more information.
+
+        The config symbol DM9000_FORCE_SIMPLE_PHY_POLL, Kconfig entry
+        "Force simple NSR based PHY polling" allows this flag to be
+        forced on at build time.
+
+
+PHY Link state polling
+----------------------
+
+The driver keeps track of the link state and informs the network core
+about link (carrier) availablilty. This is managed by several methods
+depending on the version of the chip and on which PHY is being used.
+
+For the internal PHY, the original (and currently default) method is
+to read the MII state, either when the status changes if we have the
+necessary interrupt support in the chip or every two seconds via a
+periodic timer.
+
+To reduce the overhead for the internal PHY, there is now the option
+of using the DM9000_FORCE_SIMPLE_PHY_POLL config, or DM9000_PLATF_SIMPLE_PHY
+platform data option to read the summary information without the
+expensive MII accesses. This method is faster, but does not print
+as much information.
+
+When using an external PHY, the driver currently has to poll the MII
+link status as there is no method for getting an interrupt on link change.
+
+
+DM9000A / DM9000B
+-----------------
+
+These chips are functionally similar to the DM9000E and are supported easily
+by the same driver. The features are:
+
+   1) Interrupt on internal PHY state change. This means that the periodic
+      polling of the PHY status may be disabled on these devices when using
+      the internal PHY.
+
+   2) TCP/UDP checksum offloading, which the driver does not currently support.
+
+
+ethtool
+-------
+
+The driver supports the ethtool interface for access to the driver
+state information, the PHY state and the EEPROM.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/e1000.txt b/Documentation/networking/e1000.txt
index 61b171cf5313..2df71861e578 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/e1000.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/e1000.txt
@@ -513,21 +513,11 @@ Additional Configurations
   Intel(R) PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Connection
   Intel(R) PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter
   Intel(R) PRO/1000 PF Dual Port Server Adapter
-  Intel(R) PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter 
+  Intel(R) PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter
 
   NAPI
   ----
-  NAPI (Rx polling mode) is supported in the e1000 driver.  NAPI is enabled
-  or disabled based on the configuration of the kernel.  To override
-  the default, use the following compile-time flags.
-
-  To enable NAPI, compile the driver module, passing in a configuration option:
-
-       make CFLAGS_EXTRA=-DE1000_NAPI install
-
-  To disable NAPI, compile the driver module, passing in a configuration option:
-
-       make CFLAGS_EXTRA=-DE1000_NO_NAPI install
+  NAPI (Rx polling mode) is enabled in the e1000 driver.
 
   See www.cyberus.ca/~hadi/usenix-paper.tgz for more information on NAPI.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
index 946b66e1b652..d84932650fd3 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
@@ -551,8 +551,9 @@ icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts - BOOLEAN
 icmp_ratelimit - INTEGER
         Limit the maximal rates for sending ICMP packets whose type matches
         icmp_ratemask (see below) to specific targets.
-        0 to disable any limiting, otherwise the maximal rate in jiffies(1)
-        Default: 100
+        0 to disable any limiting,
+        otherwise the minimal space between responses in milliseconds.
+        Default: 1000
 
 icmp_ratemask - INTEGER
         Mask made of ICMP types for which rates are being limited.
@@ -1023,11 +1024,23 @@ max_addresses - INTEGER
         autoconfigured addresses.
         Default: 16
 
+disable_ipv6 - BOOLEAN
+        Disable IPv6 operation.
+        Default: FALSE (enable IPv6 operation)
+
+accept_dad - INTEGER
+        Whether to accept DAD (Duplicate Address Detection).
+        0: Disable DAD
+        1: Enable DAD (default)
+        2: Enable DAD, and disable IPv6 operation if MAC-based duplicate
+           link-local address has been found.
+
 icmp/*:
 ratelimit - INTEGER
         Limit the maximal rates for sending ICMPv6 packets.
-        0 to disable any limiting, otherwise the maximal rate in jiffies(1)
-        Default: 100
+        0 to disable any limiting,
+        otherwise the minimal space between responses in milliseconds.
+        Default: 1000
 
 
 IPv6 Update by:
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt b/Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt
index 7c98277777eb..a0d0ffb5e584 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-Linux* Base Driver for the Intel(R) PRO/10GbE Family of Adapters
-================================================================
+Linux Base Driver for 10 Gigabit Intel(R) Network Connection
+=============================================================
 
-November 17, 2004
+October 9, 2007
 
 
 Contents
@@ -9,94 +9,151 @@ Contents
 
 - In This Release
 - Identifying Your Adapter
+- Building and Installation
 - Command Line Parameters
 - Improving Performance
+- Additional Configurations
+- Known Issues/Troubleshooting
 - Support
 
 
+
 In This Release
 ===============
 
-This file describes the Linux* Base Driver for the Intel(R) PRO/10GbE Family 
-of Adapters, version 1.0.x.  
+This file describes the ixgb Linux Base Driver for the 10 Gigabit Intel(R)
+Network Connection.  This driver includes support for Itanium(R)2-based
+systems.
+
+For questions related to hardware requirements, refer to the documentation
+supplied with your 10 Gigabit adapter.  All hardware requirements listed apply
+to use with Linux.
+
+The following features are available in this kernel:
+ - Native VLANs
+ - Channel Bonding (teaming)
+ - SNMP
+
+Channel Bonding documentation can be found in the Linux kernel source:
+/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
+
+The driver information previously displayed in the /proc filesystem is not
+supported in this release.  Alternatively, you can use ethtool (version 1.6
+or later), lspci, and ifconfig to obtain the same information.
+
+Instructions on updating ethtool can be found in the section "Additional
+Configurations" later in this document.
 
-For questions related to hardware requirements, refer to the documentation 
-supplied with your Intel PRO/10GbE adapter. All hardware requirements listed 
-apply to use with Linux.
 
 Identifying Your Adapter
 ========================
 
-To verify your Intel adapter is supported, find the board ID number on the 
-adapter. Look for a label that has a barcode and a number in the format  
-A12345-001. 
+The following Intel network adapters are compatible with the drivers in this
+release:
+
+Controller  Adapter Name                 Physical Layer
+----------  ------------                 --------------
+82597EX     Intel(R) PRO/10GbE LR/SR/CX4 10G Base-LR (1310 nm optical fiber)
+            Server Adapters              10G Base-SR (850 nm optical fiber)
+                                         10G Base-CX4(twin-axial copper cabling)
+
+For more information on how to identify your adapter, go to the Adapter &
+Driver ID Guide at:
+
+    http://support.intel.com/support/network/sb/CS-012904.htm
+
+
+Building and Installation
+=========================
+
+select m for "Intel(R) PRO/10GbE support" located at:
+      Location:
+        -> Device Drivers
+          -> Network device support (NETDEVICES [=y])
+            -> Ethernet (10000 Mbit) (NETDEV_10000 [=y])
+1. make modules && make modules_install
+
+2. Load the module:
+
+    modprobe ixgb <parameter>=<value>
+
+   The insmod command can be used if the full
+   path to the driver module is specified.  For example:
+
+     insmod /lib/modules/<KERNEL VERSION>/kernel/drivers/net/ixgb/ixgb.ko
+
+   With 2.6 based kernels also make sure that older ixgb drivers are
+   removed from the kernel, before loading the new module:
 
-Use the above information and the Adapter & Driver ID Guide at:
+     rmmod ixgb; modprobe ixgb
 
-  http://support.intel.com/support/network/adapter/pro100/21397.htm
+3. Assign an IP address to the interface by entering the following, where
+   x is the interface number:
 
-For the latest Intel network drivers for Linux, go to:
+     ifconfig ethx <IP_address>
+
+4. Verify that the interface works. Enter the following, where <IP_address>
+   is the IP address for another machine on the same subnet as the interface
+   that is being tested:
+
+     ping  <IP_address>
 
-    http://downloadfinder.intel.com/scripts-df/support_intel.asp
 
 Command Line Parameters
 =======================
 
-If the driver is built as a module, the  following optional parameters are 
-used by entering them on the command line with the modprobe or insmod command
-using this syntax:
+If the driver is built as a module, the  following optional parameters are
+used by entering them on the command line with the modprobe command using
+this syntax:
 
      modprobe ixgb [<option>=<VAL1>,<VAL2>,...]
 
-     insmod ixgb [<option>=<VAL1>,<VAL2>,...]
+For example, with two 10GbE PCI adapters, entering:
 
-For example, with two PRO/10GbE PCI adapters, entering:
+     modprobe ixgb TxDescriptors=80,128
 
-    insmod ixgb TxDescriptors=80,128
-
-loads the ixgb driver with 80 TX resources for the first adapter and 128 TX 
+loads the ixgb driver with 80 TX resources for the first adapter and 128 TX
 resources for the second adapter.
 
 The default value for each parameter is generally the recommended setting,
-unless otherwise noted. Also, if the driver is statically built into the
-kernel, the driver is loaded with the default values for all the parameters.
-Ethtool can be used to change some of the parameters at runtime.
+unless otherwise noted.
 
 FlowControl
 Valid Range: 0-3 (0=none, 1=Rx only, 2=Tx only, 3=Rx&Tx)
 Default: Read from the EEPROM
-         If EEPROM is not detected, default is 3
-    This parameter controls the automatic generation(Tx) and response(Rx) to 
-    Ethernet PAUSE frames.
+         If EEPROM is not detected, default is 1
+    This parameter controls the automatic generation(Tx) and response(Rx) to
+    Ethernet PAUSE frames.  There are hardware bugs associated with enabling
+    Tx flow control so beware.
 
 RxDescriptors
 Valid Range: 64-512
 Default Value: 512
-    This value is the number of receive descriptors allocated by the driver. 
-    Increasing this value allows the driver to buffer more incoming packets. 
-    Each descriptor is 16 bytes.  A receive buffer is also allocated for 
-    each descriptor and can be either 2048, 4056, 8192, or 16384 bytes, 
-    depending on the MTU setting. When the MTU size is 1500 or less, the 
+    This value is the number of receive descriptors allocated by the driver.
+    Increasing this value allows the driver to buffer more incoming packets.
+    Each descriptor is 16 bytes.  A receive buffer is also allocated for
+    each descriptor and can be either 2048, 4056, 8192, or 16384 bytes,
+    depending on the MTU setting.  When the MTU size is 1500 or less, the
     receive buffer size is 2048 bytes. When the MTU is greater than 1500 the
-    receive buffer size will be either 4056, 8192, or 16384 bytes. The 
+    receive buffer size will be either 4056, 8192, or 16384 bytes.  The
     maximum MTU size is 16114.
 
 RxIntDelay
 Valid Range: 0-65535 (0=off)
-Default Value: 6
-    This value delays the generation of receive interrupts in units of 
-    0.8192 microseconds.  Receive interrupt reduction can improve CPU 
-    efficiency if properly tuned for specific network traffic. Increasing 
-    this value adds extra latency to frame reception and can end up 
-    decreasing the throughput of TCP traffic. If the system is reporting 
-    dropped receives, this value may be set too high, causing the driver to 
+Default Value: 72
+    This value delays the generation of receive interrupts in units of
+    0.8192 microseconds.  Receive interrupt reduction can improve CPU
+    efficiency if properly tuned for specific network traffic.  Increasing
+    this value adds extra latency to frame reception and can end up
+    decreasing the throughput of TCP traffic.  If the system is reporting
+    dropped receives, this value may be set too high, causing the driver to
     run out of available receive descriptors.
 
 TxDescriptors
 Valid Range: 64-4096
 Default Value: 256
     This value is the number of transmit descriptors allocated by the driver.
-    Increasing this value allows the driver to queue more transmits. Each 
+    Increasing this value allows the driver to queue more transmits.  Each
     descriptor is 16 bytes.
 
 XsumRX
@@ -105,51 +162,49 @@ Default Value: 1
     A value of '1' indicates that the driver should enable IP checksum
     offload for received packets (both UDP and TCP) to the adapter hardware.
 
-XsumTX
-Valid Range: 0-1
-Default Value: 1
-    A value of '1' indicates that the driver should enable IP checksum
-    offload for transmitted packets (both UDP and TCP) to the adapter 
-    hardware.
 
 Improving Performance
 =====================
 
-With the Intel PRO/10 GbE adapter, the default Linux configuration will very 
-likely limit the total available throughput artificially.  There is a set of 
-things that when applied together increase the ability of Linux to transmit 
-and receive data.  The following enhancements were originally acquired from
-settings published at http://www.spec.org/web99 for various submitted results 
-using Linux.
+With the 10 Gigabit server adapters, the default Linux configuration will
+very likely limit the total available throughput artificially.  There is a set
+of configuration changes that, when applied together, will increase the ability
+of Linux to transmit and receive data.  The following enhancements were
+originally acquired from settings published at http://www.spec.org/web99/ for
+various submitted results using Linux.
 
-NOTE: These changes are only suggestions, and serve as a starting point for 
-tuning your network performance.
+NOTE: These changes are only suggestions, and serve as a starting point for
+      tuning your network performance.
 
 The changes are made in three major ways, listed in order of greatest effect:
-- Use ifconfig to modify the mtu (maximum transmission unit) and the txqueuelen 
+- Use ifconfig to modify the mtu (maximum transmission unit) and the txqueuelen
   parameter.
 - Use sysctl to modify /proc parameters (essentially kernel tuning)
-- Use setpci to modify the MMRBC field in PCI-X configuration space to increase 
+- Use setpci to modify the MMRBC field in PCI-X configuration space to increase
   transmit burst lengths on the bus.
 
-NOTE: setpci modifies the adapter's configuration registers to allow it to read 
-up to 4k bytes at a time (for transmits).  However, for some systems the 
-behavior after modifying this register may be undefined (possibly errors of some 
-kind). A power-cycle, hard reset or explicitly setting the e6 register back to 
-22 (setpci -d 8086:1048 e6.b=22) may be required to get back to a stable 
-configuration.
+NOTE: setpci modifies the adapter's configuration registers to allow it to read
+up to 4k bytes at a time (for transmits).  However, for some systems the
+behavior after modifying this register may be undefined (possibly errors of
+some kind).  A power-cycle, hard reset or explicitly setting the e6 register
+back to 22 (setpci -d 8086:1a48 e6.b=22) may be required to get back to a
+stable configuration.
 
 - COPY these lines and paste them into ixgb_perf.sh:
 #!/bin/bash
-echo "configuring network performance , edit this file to change the interface"
+echo "configuring network performance , edit this file to change the interface
+or device ID of 10GbE card"
 # set mmrbc to 4k reads, modify only Intel 10GbE device IDs
-setpci -d 8086:1048 e6.b=2e
-# set the MTU (max transmission unit) - it requires your switch and clients to change too!
+# replace 1a48 with appropriate 10GbE device's ID installed on the system,
+# if needed.
+setpci -d 8086:1a48 e6.b=2e
+# set the MTU (max transmission unit) - it requires your switch and clients
+# to change as well.
 # set the txqueuelen
 # your ixgb adapter should be loaded as eth1 for this to work, change if needed
 ifconfig eth1 mtu 9000 txqueuelen 1000 up
-# call the sysctl utility to modify /proc/sys entries 
-sysctl -p ./sysctl_ixgb.conf 
+# call the sysctl utility to modify /proc/sys entries
+sysctl -p ./sysctl_ixgb.conf
 - END ixgb_perf.sh
 
 - COPY these lines and paste them into sysctl_ixgb.conf:
@@ -159,54 +214,220 @@ sysctl -p ./sysctl_ixgb.conf
 # several network benchmark tests, your mileage may vary
 
 ### IPV4 specific settings
-net.ipv4.tcp_timestamps = 0 # turns TCP timestamp support off, default 1, reduces CPU use
-net.ipv4.tcp_sack = 0 # turn SACK support off, default on
-# on systems with a VERY fast bus -> memory interface this is the big gainer 
-net.ipv4.tcp_rmem = 10000000 10000000 10000000 # sets min/default/max TCP read buffer, default 4096 87380 174760
-net.ipv4.tcp_wmem = 10000000 10000000 10000000 # sets min/pressure/max TCP write buffer, default 4096 16384 131072
-net.ipv4.tcp_mem = 10000000 10000000 10000000 # sets min/pressure/max TCP buffer space, default 31744 32256 32768
+# turn TCP timestamp support off, default 1, reduces CPU use
+net.ipv4.tcp_timestamps = 0
+# turn SACK support off, default on
+# on systems with a VERY fast bus -> memory interface this is the big gainer
+net.ipv4.tcp_sack = 0
+# set min/default/max TCP read buffer, default 4096 87380 174760
+net.ipv4.tcp_rmem = 10000000 10000000 10000000
+# set min/pressure/max TCP write buffer, default 4096 16384 131072
+net.ipv4.tcp_wmem = 10000000 10000000 10000000
+# set min/pressure/max TCP buffer space, default 31744 32256 32768
+net.ipv4.tcp_mem = 10000000 10000000 10000000
 
 ### CORE settings (mostly for socket and UDP effect)
-net.core.rmem_max = 524287 # maximum receive socket buffer size, default 131071
-net.core.wmem_max = 524287 # maximum send socket buffer size, default 131071
-net.core.rmem_default = 524287 # default receive socket buffer size, default 65535
-net.core.wmem_default = 524287 # default send socket buffer size, default 65535
-net.core.optmem_max = 524287 # maximum amount of option memory buffers, default 10240
-net.core.netdev_max_backlog = 300000 # number of unprocessed input packets before kernel starts dropping them, default 300
+# set maximum receive socket buffer size, default 131071
+net.core.rmem_max = 524287
+# set maximum send socket buffer size, default 131071
+net.core.wmem_max = 524287
+# set default receive socket buffer size, default 65535
+net.core.rmem_default = 524287
+# set default send socket buffer size, default 65535
+net.core.wmem_default = 524287
+# set maximum amount of option memory buffers, default 10240
+net.core.optmem_max = 524287
+# set number of unprocessed input packets before kernel starts dropping them; default 300
+net.core.netdev_max_backlog = 300000
 - END sysctl_ixgb.conf
 
-Edit the ixgb_perf.sh script if necessary to change eth1 to whatever interface 
-your ixgb driver is using.
+Edit the ixgb_perf.sh script if necessary to change eth1 to whatever interface
+your ixgb driver is using and/or replace '1a48' with appropriate 10GbE device's
+ID installed on the system.
 
-NOTE: Unless these scripts are added to the boot process, these changes will 
-only last only until the next system reboot.
+NOTE: Unless these scripts are added to the boot process, these changes will
+      only last only until the next system reboot.
 
 
 Resolving Slow UDP Traffic
 --------------------------
+If your server does not seem to be able to receive UDP traffic as fast as it
+can receive TCP traffic, it could be because Linux, by default, does not set
+the network stack buffers as large as they need to be to support high UDP
+transfer rates.  One way to alleviate this problem is to allow more memory to
+be used by the IP stack to store incoming data.
 
-If your server does not seem to be able to receive UDP traffic as fast as it 
-can receive TCP traffic, it could be because Linux, by default, does not set 
-the network stack buffers as large as they need to be to support high UDP 
-transfer rates. One way to alleviate this problem is to allow more memory to 
-be used by the IP stack to store incoming data. 
-
-For instance, use the commands: 
+For instance, use the commands:
     sysctl -w net.core.rmem_max=262143
 and
     sysctl -w net.core.rmem_default=262143
-to increase the read buffer memory max and default to 262143 (256k - 1) from 
-defaults of max=131071 (128k - 1) and default=65535 (64k - 1). These variables 
-will increase the amount of memory used by the network stack for receives, and 
+to increase the read buffer memory max and default to 262143 (256k - 1) from
+defaults of max=131071 (128k - 1) and default=65535 (64k - 1).  These variables
+will increase the amount of memory used by the network stack for receives, and
 can be increased significantly more if necessary for your application.
 
+
+Additional Configurations
+=========================
+
+  Configuring the Driver on Different Distributions
+  -------------------------------------------------
+  Configuring a network driver to load properly when the system is started is
+  distribution dependent. Typically, the configuration process involves adding
+  an alias line to /etc/modprobe.conf as well as editing other system startup
+  scripts and/or configuration files.  Many popular Linux distributions ship
+  with tools to make these changes for you.  To learn the proper way to
+  configure a network device for your system, refer to your distribution
+  documentation.  If during this process you are asked for the driver or module
+  name, the name for the Linux Base Driver for the Intel 10GbE Family of
+  Adapters is ixgb.
+
+  Viewing Link Messages
+  ---------------------
+  Link messages will not be displayed to the console if the distribution is
+  restricting system messages. In order to see network driver link messages on
+  your console, set dmesg to eight by entering the following:
+
+       dmesg -n 8
+
+  NOTE: This setting is not saved across reboots.
+
+
+  Jumbo Frames
+  ------------
+  The driver supports Jumbo Frames for all adapters. Jumbo Frames support is
+  enabled by changing the MTU to a value larger than the default of 1500.
+  The maximum value for the MTU is 16114.  Use the ifconfig command to
+  increase the MTU size.  For example:
+
+        ifconfig ethx mtu 9000 up
+
+  The maximum MTU setting for Jumbo Frames is 16114.  This value coincides
+  with the maximum Jumbo Frames size of 16128.
+
+
+  Ethtool
+  -------
+  The driver utilizes the ethtool interface for driver configuration and
+  diagnostics, as well as displaying statistical information.  Ethtool
+  version 1.6 or later is required for this functionality.
+
+  The latest release of ethtool can be found from
+  http://sourceforge.net/projects/gkernel
+
+  NOTE: Ethtool 1.6 only supports a limited set of ethtool options. Support
+        for a more complete ethtool feature set can be enabled by upgrading
+        to the latest version.
+
+
+  NAPI
+  ----
+
+  NAPI (Rx polling mode) is supported in the ixgb driver.  NAPI is enabled
+  or disabled based on the configuration of the kernel.  see CONFIG_IXGB_NAPI
+
+  See www.cyberus.ca/~hadi/usenix-paper.tgz for more information on NAPI.
+
+
+Known Issues/Troubleshooting
+============================
+
+  NOTE: After installing the driver, if your Intel Network Connection is not
+  working, verify in the "In This Release" section of the readme that you have
+  installed the correct driver.
+
+  Intel(R) PRO/10GbE CX4 Server Adapter Cable Interoperability Issue with
+  Fujitsu XENPAK Module in SmartBits Chassis
+  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+  Excessive CRC errors may be observed if the Intel(R) PRO/10GbE CX4
+  Server adapter is connected to a Fujitsu XENPAK CX4 module in a SmartBits
+  chassis using 15 m/24AWG cable assemblies manufactured by Fujitsu or Leoni.
+  The CRC errors may be received either by the Intel(R) PRO/10GbE CX4
+  Server adapter or the SmartBits. If this situation occurs using a different
+  cable assembly may resolve the issue.
+
+  CX4 Server Adapter Cable Interoperability Issues with HP Procurve 3400cl
+  Switch Port
+  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  Excessive CRC errors may be observed if the Intel(R) PRO/10GbE CX4 Server
+  adapter is connected to an HP Procurve 3400cl switch port using short cables
+  (1 m or shorter). If this situation occurs, using a longer cable may resolve
+  the issue.
+
+  Excessive CRC errors may be observed using Fujitsu 24AWG cable assemblies that
+  Are 10 m or longer or where using a Leoni 15 m/24AWG cable assembly. The CRC
+  errors may be received either by the CX4 Server adapter or at the switch. If
+  this situation occurs, using a different cable assembly may resolve the issue.
+
+
+  Jumbo Frames System Requirement
+  -------------------------------
+  Memory allocation failures have been observed on Linux systems with 64 MB
+  of RAM or less that are running Jumbo Frames.  If you are using Jumbo
+  Frames, your system may require more than the advertised minimum
+  requirement of 64 MB of system memory.
+
+
+  Performance Degradation with Jumbo Frames
+  -----------------------------------------
+  Degradation in throughput performance may be observed in some Jumbo frames
+  environments.  If this is observed, increasing the application's socket buffer
+  size and/or increasing the /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_*mem entry values may help.
+  See the specific application manual and /usr/src/linux*/Documentation/
+  networking/ip-sysctl.txt for more details.
+
+
+  Allocating Rx Buffers when Using Jumbo Frames
+  ---------------------------------------------
+  Allocating Rx buffers when using Jumbo Frames on 2.6.x kernels may fail if
+  the available memory is heavily fragmented. This issue may be seen with PCI-X
+  adapters or with packet split disabled. This can be reduced or eliminated
+  by changing the amount of available memory for receive buffer allocation, by
+  increasing /proc/sys/vm/min_free_kbytes.
+
+
+  Multiple Interfaces on Same Ethernet Broadcast Network
+  ------------------------------------------------------
+  Due to the default ARP behavior on Linux, it is not possible to have
+  one system on two IP networks in the same Ethernet broadcast domain
+  (non-partitioned switch) behave as expected.  All Ethernet interfaces
+  will respond to IP traffic for any IP address assigned to the system.
+  This results in unbalanced receive traffic.
+
+  If you have multiple interfaces in a server, do either of the following:
+
+  - Turn on ARP filtering by entering:
+      echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/arp_filter
+
+  - Install the interfaces in separate broadcast domains - either in
+    different switches or in a switch partitioned to VLANs.
+
+
+  UDP Stress Test Dropped Packet Issue
+  --------------------------------------
+  Under small packets UDP stress test with 10GbE driver, the Linux system
+  may drop UDP packets due to the fullness of socket buffers. You may want
+  to change the driver's Flow Control variables to the minimum value for
+  controlling packet reception.
+
+
+  Tx Hangs Possible Under Stress
+  ------------------------------
+  Under stress conditions, if TX hangs occur, turning off TSO
+  "ethtool -K eth0 tso off" may resolve the problem.
+
+
 Support
 =======
 
-For general information and support, go to the Intel support website at:
+For general information, go to the Intel support website at:
 
     http://support.intel.com
 
+or the Intel Wired Networking project hosted by Sourceforge at:
+
+    http://sourceforge.net/projects/e1000
+
 If an issue is identified with the released source code on the supported
-kernel with a supported adapter, email the specific information related to 
-the issue to linux.nics@intel.com.
+kernel with a supported adapter, email the specific information related
+to the issue to e1000-devel@lists.sf.net
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/mac80211_hwsim/README b/Documentation/networking/mac80211_hwsim/README
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2ff8ccb8dc37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/networking/mac80211_hwsim/README
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+mac80211_hwsim - software simulator of 802.11 radio(s) for mac80211
+Copyright (c) 2008, Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
+published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+
+Introduction
+
+mac80211_hwsim is a Linux kernel module that can be used to simulate
+arbitrary number of IEEE 802.11 radios for mac80211. It can be used to
+test most of the mac80211 functionality and user space tools (e.g.,
+hostapd and wpa_supplicant) in a way that matches very closely with
+the normal case of using real WLAN hardware. From the mac80211 view
+point, mac80211_hwsim is yet another hardware driver, i.e., no changes
+to mac80211 are needed to use this testing tool.
+
+The main goal for mac80211_hwsim is to make it easier for developers
+to test their code and work with new features to mac80211, hostapd,
+and wpa_supplicant. The simulated radios do not have the limitations
+of real hardware, so it is easy to generate an arbitrary test setup
+and always reproduce the same setup for future tests. In addition,
+since all radio operation is simulated, any channel can be used in
+tests regardless of regulatory rules.
+
+mac80211_hwsim kernel module has a parameter 'radios' that can be used
+to select how many radios are simulated (default 2). This allows
+configuration of both very simply setups (e.g., just a single access
+point and a station) or large scale tests (multiple access points with
+hundreds of stations).
+
+mac80211_hwsim works by tracking the current channel of each virtual
+radio and copying all transmitted frames to all other radios that are
+currently enabled and on the same channel as the transmitting
+radio. Software encryption in mac80211 is used so that the frames are
+actually encrypted over the virtual air interface to allow more
+complete testing of encryption.
+
+A global monitoring netdev, hwsim#, is created independent of
+mac80211. This interface can be used to monitor all transmitted frames
+regardless of channel.
+
+
+Simple example
+
+This example shows how to use mac80211_hwsim to simulate two radios:
+one to act as an access point and the other as a station that
+associates with the AP. hostapd and wpa_supplicant are used to take
+care of WPA2-PSK authentication. In addition, hostapd is also
+processing access point side of association.
+
+Please note that the current Linux kernel does not enable AP mode, so a
+simple patch is needed to enable AP mode selection:
+http://johannes.sipsolutions.net/patches/kernel/all/LATEST/006-allow-ap-vlan-modes.patch
+
+
+# Build mac80211_hwsim as part of kernel configuration
+
+# Load the module
+modprobe mac80211_hwsim
+
+# Run hostapd (AP) for wlan0
+hostapd hostapd.conf
+
+# Run wpa_supplicant (station) for wlan1
+wpa_supplicant -Dwext -iwlan1 -c wpa_supplicant.conf
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/mac80211_hwsim/hostapd.conf b/Documentation/networking/mac80211_hwsim/hostapd.conf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..08cde7e35f2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/networking/mac80211_hwsim/hostapd.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+interface=wlan0
+driver=nl80211
+
+hw_mode=g
+channel=1
+ssid=mac80211 test
+
+wpa=2
+wpa_key_mgmt=WPA-PSK
+wpa_pairwise=CCMP
+wpa_passphrase=12345678
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/mac80211_hwsim/wpa_supplicant.conf b/Documentation/networking/mac80211_hwsim/wpa_supplicant.conf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..299128cff035
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/networking/mac80211_hwsim/wpa_supplicant.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+ctrl_interface=/var/run/wpa_supplicant
+
+network={
+        ssid="mac80211 test"
+        psk="12345678"
+        key_mgmt=WPA-PSK
+        proto=WPA2
+        pairwise=CCMP
+        group=CCMP
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/multiqueue.txt b/Documentation/networking/multiqueue.txt
index ea5a42e8f79f..d391ea631141 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/multiqueue.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/multiqueue.txt
@@ -3,19 +3,11 @@
                 ===========================================
 
 Section 1: Base driver requirements for implementing multiqueue support
-Section 2: Qdisc support for multiqueue devices
-Section 3: Brief howto using PRIO or RR for multiqueue devices
-
 
 Intro: Kernel support for multiqueue devices
 ---------------------------------------------------------
 
-Kernel support for multiqueue devices is only an API that is presented to the
-netdevice layer for base drivers to implement.  This feature is part of the
-core networking stack, and all network devices will be running on the
-multiqueue-aware stack.  If a base driver only has one queue, then these
-changes are transparent to that driver.
-
+Kernel support for multiqueue devices is always present.
 
 Section 1: Base driver requirements for implementing multiqueue support
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -32,84 +24,4 @@ netif_{start|stop|wake}_subqueue() functions to manage each queue while the
 device is still operational.  netdev->queue_lock is still used when the device
 comes online or when it's completely shut down (unregister_netdev(), etc.).
 
-Finally, the base driver should indicate that it is a multiqueue device.  The
-feature flag NETIF_F_MULTI_QUEUE should be added to the netdev->features
-bitmap on device initialization.  Below is an example from e1000:
-
-#ifdef CONFIG_E1000_MQ
-        if ( (adapter->hw.mac.type == e1000_82571) ||
-             (adapter->hw.mac.type == e1000_82572) ||
-             (adapter->hw.mac.type == e1000_80003es2lan))
-                netdev->features |= NETIF_F_MULTI_QUEUE;
-#endif
-
-
-Section 2: Qdisc support for multiqueue devices
------------------------------------------------
-
-Currently two qdiscs support multiqueue devices.  A new round-robin qdisc,
-sch_rr, and sch_prio. The qdisc is responsible for classifying the skb's to
-bands and queues, and will store the queue mapping into skb->queue_mapping.
-Use this field in the base driver to determine which queue to send the skb
-to.
-
-sch_rr has been added for hardware that doesn't want scheduling policies from
-software, so it's a straight round-robin qdisc.  It uses the same syntax and
-classification priomap that sch_prio uses, so it should be intuitive to
-configure for people who've used sch_prio.
-
-In order to utilitize the multiqueue features of the qdiscs, the network
-device layer needs to enable multiple queue support.  This can be done by
-selecting NETDEVICES_MULTIQUEUE under Drivers.
-
-The PRIO qdisc naturally plugs into a multiqueue device.  If
-NETDEVICES_MULTIQUEUE is selected, then on qdisc load, the number of
-bands requested is compared to the number of queues on the hardware.  If they
-are equal, it sets a one-to-one mapping up between the queues and bands.  If
-they're not equal, it will not load the qdisc.  This is the same behavior
-for RR.  Once the association is made, any skb that is classified will have
-skb->queue_mapping set, which will allow the driver to properly queue skb's
-to multiple queues.
-
-
-Section 3: Brief howto using PRIO and RR for multiqueue devices
----------------------------------------------------------------
-
-The userspace command 'tc,' part of the iproute2 package, is used to configure
-qdiscs.  To add the PRIO qdisc to your network device, assuming the device is
-called eth0, run the following command:
-
-# tc qdisc add dev eth0 root handle 1: prio bands 4 multiqueue
-
-This will create 4 bands, 0 being highest priority, and associate those bands
-to the queues on your NIC.  Assuming eth0 has 4 Tx queues, the band mapping
-would look like:
-
-band 0 => queue 0
-band 1 => queue 1
-band 2 => queue 2
-band 3 => queue 3
-
-Traffic will begin flowing through each queue if your TOS values are assigning
-traffic across the various bands.  For example, ssh traffic will always try to
-go out band 0 based on TOS -> Linux priority conversion (realtime traffic),
-so it will be sent out queue 0.  ICMP traffic (pings) fall into the "normal"
-traffic classification, which is band 1.  Therefore pings will be send out
-queue 1 on the NIC.
-
-Note the use of the multiqueue keyword.  This is only in versions of iproute2
-that support multiqueue networking devices; if this is omitted when loading
-a qdisc onto a multiqueue device, the qdisc will load and operate the same
-if it were loaded onto a single-queue device (i.e. - sends all traffic to
-queue 0).
-
-Another alternative to multiqueue band allocation can be done by using the
-multiqueue option and specify 0 bands.  If this is the case, the qdisc will
-allocate the number of bands to equal the number of queues that the device
-reports, and bring the qdisc online.
-
-The behavior of tc filters remains the same, where it will override TOS priority
-classification.
-
-
 Author: Peter P. Waskiewicz Jr. <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt b/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt
index 1e28e2ddb90a..c3d6b4d5d014 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt
@@ -52,13 +52,10 @@ d. MSI/MSI-X. Can be enabled on platforms which support this feature
 (IA64, Xeon) resulting in noticeable performance improvement(upto 7%
 on certain platforms).
 
-e. NAPI. Compile-time option(CONFIG_S2IO_NAPI) for better Rx interrupt 
-moderation.
-
-f. Statistics. Comprehensive MAC-level and software statistics displayed
+e. Statistics. Comprehensive MAC-level and software statistics displayed
 using "ethtool -S" option.
 
-g. Multi-FIFO/Ring. Supports up to 8 transmit queues and receive rings, 
+f. Multi-FIFO/Ring. Supports up to 8 transmit queues and receive rings,
 with multiple steering options.
 
 4.  Command line parameters
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/udplite.txt b/Documentation/networking/udplite.txt
index 3870f280280b..855d8da57a23 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/udplite.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/udplite.txt
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
         getsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_NO_CHECK, &value, ...);
 
   is meaningless (as in TCP). Packets with a zero checksum field are
-  illegal (cf. RFC 3828, sec. 3.1) will be silently discarded.
+  illegal (cf. RFC 3828, sec. 3.1) and will be silently discarded.
 
   4) Fragmentation
 
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt
index 1d2a772506cf..ea1b70b35793 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt
@@ -58,6 +58,7 @@ Table of Contents
       o) Xilinx IP cores
       p) Freescale Synchronous Serial Interface
           q) USB EHCI controllers
+      r) MDIO on GPIOs
 
   VII - Marvell Discovery mv64[345]6x System Controller chips
     1) The /system-controller node
@@ -88,10 +89,12 @@ Table of Contents
     3) OpenPIC Interrupt Controllers
     4) ISA Interrupt Controllers
 
-  VIII - Specifying GPIO information for devices
+  IX - Specifying GPIO information for devices
     1) gpios property
     2) gpio-controller nodes
 
+  X - Specifying device power management information (sleep property)
+
   Appendix A - Sample SOC node for MPC8540
 
 
@@ -1246,80 +1249,7 @@ descriptions for the SOC devices for which new nodes have been
 defined; this list will expand as more and more SOC-containing
 platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model.
 
-  a) MDIO IO device
-
-  The MDIO is a bus to which the PHY devices are connected.  For each
-  device that exists on this bus, a child node should be created.  See
-  the definition of the PHY node below for an example of how to define
-  a PHY.
-
-  Required properties:
-    - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
-    - compatible : Should define the compatible device type for the
-      mdio.  Currently, this is most likely to be "fsl,gianfar-mdio"
-
-  Example:
-
-        mdio@24520 {
-                reg = <24520 20>;
-                compatible = "fsl,gianfar-mdio";
-
-                ethernet-phy@0 {
-                        ......
-                };
-        };
-
-
-  b) Gianfar-compatible ethernet nodes
-
-  Required properties:
-
-    - device_type : Should be "network"
-    - model : Model of the device.  Can be "TSEC", "eTSEC", or "FEC"
-    - compatible : Should be "gianfar"
-    - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
-    - mac-address : List of bytes representing the ethernet address of
-      this controller
-    - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a
-      field that represents an encoding of the sense and level
-      information for the interrupt.  This should be encoded based on
-      the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt
-      controller you have.
-    - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
-      services interrupts for this device.
-    - phy-handle : The phandle for the PHY connected to this ethernet
-      controller.
-    - fixed-link : <a b c d e> where a is emulated phy id - choose any,
-      but unique to the all specified fixed-links, b is duplex - 0 half,
-      1 full, c is link speed - d#10/d#100/d#1000, d is pause - 0 no
-      pause, 1 pause, e is asym_pause - 0 no asym_pause, 1 asym_pause.
-
-  Recommended properties:
-
-    - phy-connection-type : a string naming the controller/PHY interface type,
-      i.e., "mii" (default), "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii", "rgmii-id", "sgmii",
-      "tbi", or "rtbi".  This property is only really needed if the connection
-      is of type "rgmii-id", as all other connection types are detected by
-      hardware.
-
-
-  Example:
-
-        ethernet@24000 {
-                #size-cells = <0>;
-                device_type = "network";
-                model = "TSEC";
-                compatible = "gianfar";
-                reg = <24000 1000>;
-                mac-address = [ 00 E0 0C 00 73 00 ];
-                interrupts = <d 3 e 3 12 3>;
-                interrupt-parent = <40000>;
-                phy-handle = <2452000>
-        };
-
-
-
-   c) PHY nodes
+   a) PHY nodes
 
    Required properties:
 
@@ -1347,7 +1277,7 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model.
         };
 
 
-   d) Interrupt controllers
+   b) Interrupt controllers
 
    Some SOC devices contain interrupt controllers that are different
    from the standard Open PIC specification.  The SOC device nodes for
@@ -1360,491 +1290,14 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model.
 
         pic@40000 {
                 linux,phandle = <40000>;
-                clock-frequency = <0>;
                 interrupt-controller;
                 #address-cells = <0>;
                 reg = <40000 40000>;
-                built-in;
                 compatible = "chrp,open-pic";
                 device_type = "open-pic";
-                big-endian;
-        };
-
-
-   e) I2C
-
-   Required properties :
-
-    - device_type : Should be "i2c"
-    - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
-
-   Recommended properties :
-
-    - compatible : Should be "fsl-i2c" for parts compatible with
-      Freescale I2C specifications.
-    - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a
-      field that represents an encoding of the sense and level
-      information for the interrupt.  This should be encoded based on
-      the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt
-      controller you have.
-    - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
-      services interrupts for this device.
-    - dfsrr : boolean; if defined, indicates that this I2C device has
-      a digital filter sampling rate register
-    - fsl5200-clocking : boolean; if defined, indicated that this device
-      uses the FSL 5200 clocking mechanism.
-
-   Example :
-
-        i2c@3000 {
-                interrupt-parent = <40000>;
-                interrupts = <1b 3>;
-                reg = <3000 18>;
-                device_type = "i2c";
-                compatible  = "fsl-i2c";
-                dfsrr;
-        };
-
-
-   f) Freescale SOC USB controllers
-
-   The device node for a USB controller that is part of a Freescale
-   SOC is as described in the document "Open Firmware Recommended
-   Practice : Universal Serial Bus" with the following modifications
-   and additions :  
-
-   Required properties :
-    - compatible : Should be "fsl-usb2-mph" for multi port host USB
-      controllers, or "fsl-usb2-dr" for dual role USB controllers
-    - phy_type : For multi port host USB controllers, should be one of
-      "ulpi", or "serial". For dual role USB controllers, should be
-      one of "ulpi", "utmi", "utmi_wide", or "serial".
-    - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
-    - port0 : boolean; if defined, indicates port0 is connected for
-      fsl-usb2-mph compatible controllers.  Either this property or
-      "port1" (or both) must be defined for "fsl-usb2-mph" compatible 
-      controllers.
-    - port1 : boolean; if defined, indicates port1 is connected for
-      fsl-usb2-mph compatible controllers.  Either this property or
-      "port0" (or both) must be defined for "fsl-usb2-mph" compatible 
-      controllers.
-    - dr_mode : indicates the working mode for "fsl-usb2-dr" compatible
-      controllers.  Can be "host", "peripheral", or "otg".  Default to
-      "host" if not defined for backward compatibility.
-
-   Recommended properties :
-    - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a
-      field that represents an encoding of the sense and level
-      information for the interrupt.  This should be encoded based on
-      the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt
-      controller you have.
-    - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
-      services interrupts for this device.
-
-   Example multi port host USB controller device node :
-        usb@22000 {
-                compatible = "fsl-usb2-mph";
-                reg = <22000 1000>;
-                #address-cells = <1>;
-                #size-cells = <0>;
-                interrupt-parent = <700>;
-                interrupts = <27 1>;
-                phy_type = "ulpi";
-                port0;
-                port1;
-        };
-
-   Example dual role USB controller device node :
-        usb@23000 {
-                compatible = "fsl-usb2-dr";
-                reg = <23000 1000>;
-                #address-cells = <1>;
-                #size-cells = <0>;
-                interrupt-parent = <700>;
-                interrupts = <26 1>;
-                dr_mode = "otg";
-                phy = "ulpi";
-        };
-
-
-   g) Freescale SOC SEC Security Engines
-
-   Required properties:
-
-    - device_type : Should be "crypto"
-    - model : Model of the device.  Should be "SEC1" or "SEC2"
-    - compatible : Should be "talitos"
-    - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
-    - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a
-      field that represents an encoding of the sense and level
-      information for the interrupt.  This should be encoded based on
-      the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt
-      controller you have.
-    - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
-      services interrupts for this device.
-    - num-channels : An integer representing the number of channels
-      available.
-    - channel-fifo-len : An integer representing the number of
-      descriptor pointers each channel fetch fifo can hold.
-    - exec-units-mask : The bitmask representing what execution units
-      (EUs) are available. It's a single 32-bit cell. EU information
-      should be encoded following the SEC's Descriptor Header Dword
-      EU_SEL0 field documentation, i.e. as follows:
-
-        bit 0 = reserved - should be 0
-        bit 1 = set if SEC has the ARC4 EU (AFEU)
-        bit 2 = set if SEC has the DES/3DES EU (DEU)
-        bit 3 = set if SEC has the message digest EU (MDEU)
-        bit 4 = set if SEC has the random number generator EU (RNG)
-        bit 5 = set if SEC has the public key EU (PKEU)
-        bit 6 = set if SEC has the AES EU (AESU)
-        bit 7 = set if SEC has the Kasumi EU (KEU)
-
-      bits 8 through 31 are reserved for future SEC EUs.
-
-    - descriptor-types-mask : The bitmask representing what descriptors
-      are available. It's a single 32-bit cell. Descriptor type
-      information should be encoded following the SEC's Descriptor
-      Header Dword DESC_TYPE field documentation, i.e. as follows:
-
-        bit 0  = set if SEC supports the aesu_ctr_nonsnoop desc. type
-        bit 1  = set if SEC supports the ipsec_esp descriptor type
-        bit 2  = set if SEC supports the common_nonsnoop desc. type
-        bit 3  = set if SEC supports the 802.11i AES ccmp desc. type
-        bit 4  = set if SEC supports the hmac_snoop_no_afeu desc. type
-        bit 5  = set if SEC supports the srtp descriptor type
-        bit 6  = set if SEC supports the non_hmac_snoop_no_afeu desc.type
-        bit 7  = set if SEC supports the pkeu_assemble descriptor type
-        bit 8  = set if SEC supports the aesu_key_expand_output desc.type
-        bit 9  = set if SEC supports the pkeu_ptmul descriptor type
-        bit 10 = set if SEC supports the common_nonsnoop_afeu desc. type
-        bit 11 = set if SEC supports the pkeu_ptadd_dbl descriptor type
-
-      ..and so on and so forth.
-
-   Example:
-
-       /* MPC8548E */
-       crypto@30000 {
-               device_type = "crypto";
-               model = "SEC2";
-               compatible = "talitos";
-               reg = <30000 10000>;
-               interrupts = <1d 3>;
-               interrupt-parent = <40000>;
-               num-channels = <4>;
-               channel-fifo-len = <18>;
-               exec-units-mask = <000000fe>;
-               descriptor-types-mask = <012b0ebf>;
-       };
-
-   h) Board Control and Status (BCSR)
-
-   Required properties:
-
-    - device_type : Should be "board-control"
-    - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
-
-    Example:
-
-        bcsr@f8000000 {
-                device_type = "board-control";
-                reg = <f8000000 8000>;
         };
 
-   i) Freescale QUICC Engine module (QE)
-   This represents qe module that is installed on PowerQUICC II Pro.
-
-   NOTE:  This is an interim binding; it should be updated to fit
-   in with the CPM binding later in this document.
-
-   Basically, it is a bus of devices, that could act more or less
-   as a complete entity (UCC, USB etc ). All of them should be siblings on
-   the "root" qe node, using the common properties from there.
-   The description below applies to the qe of MPC8360 and
-   more nodes and properties would be extended in the future.
-
-   i) Root QE device
-
-   Required properties:
-   - compatible : should be "fsl,qe";
-   - model : precise model of the QE, Can be "QE", "CPM", or "CPM2"
-   - reg : offset and length of the device registers.
-   - bus-frequency : the clock frequency for QUICC Engine.
-
-   Recommended properties
-   - brg-frequency : the internal clock source frequency for baud-rate
-     generators in Hz.
-
-   Example:
-        qe@e0100000 {
-                #address-cells = <1>;
-                #size-cells = <1>;
-                #interrupt-cells = <2>;
-                compatible = "fsl,qe";
-                ranges = <0 e0100000 00100000>;
-                reg = <e0100000 480>;
-                brg-frequency = <0>;
-                bus-frequency = <179A7B00>;
-        }
-
-
-   ii) SPI (Serial Peripheral Interface)
-
-   Required properties:
-   - cell-index : SPI controller index.
-   - compatible : should be "fsl,spi".
-   - mode : the SPI operation mode, it can be "cpu" or "cpu-qe".
-   - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
-   - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a
-     field that represents an encoding of the sense and level
-     information for the interrupt.  This should be encoded based on
-     the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt
-     controller you have.
-   - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
-     services interrupts for this device.
-
-   Example:
-        spi@4c0 {
-                cell-index = <0>;
-                compatible = "fsl,spi";
-                reg = <4c0 40>;
-                interrupts = <82 0>;
-                interrupt-parent = <700>;
-                mode = "cpu";
-        };
-
-
-   iii) USB (Universal Serial Bus Controller)
-
-   Required properties:
-   - compatible : could be "qe_udc" or "fhci-hcd".
-   - mode : the could be "host" or "slave".
-   - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
-   - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a
-     field that represents an encoding of the sense and level
-     information for the interrupt.  This should be encoded based on
-     the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt
-     controller you have.
-   - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
-     services interrupts for this device.
-
-   Example(slave):
-        usb@6c0 {
-                compatible = "qe_udc";
-                reg = <6c0 40>;
-                interrupts = <8b 0>;
-                interrupt-parent = <700>;
-                mode = "slave";
-        };
-
-
-   iv) UCC (Unified Communications Controllers)
-
-   Required properties:
-   - device_type : should be "network", "hldc", "uart", "transparent"
-     "bisync", "atm", or "serial".
-   - compatible : could be "ucc_geth" or "fsl_atm" and so on.
-   - cell-index : the ucc number(1-8), corresponding to UCCx in UM.
-   - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
-   - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a
-     field that represents an encoding of the sense and level
-     information for the interrupt.  This should be encoded based on
-     the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt
-     controller you have.
-   - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
-     services interrupts for this device.
-   - pio-handle : The phandle for the Parallel I/O port configuration.
-   - port-number : for UART drivers, the port number to use, between 0 and 3.
-     This usually corresponds to the /dev/ttyQE device, e.g. <0> = /dev/ttyQE0.
-     The port number is added to the minor number of the device.  Unlike the
-     CPM UART driver, the port-number is required for the QE UART driver.
-   - soft-uart : for UART drivers, if specified this means the QE UART device
-     driver should use "Soft-UART" mode, which is needed on some SOCs that have
-     broken UART hardware.  Soft-UART is provided via a microcode upload.
-   - rx-clock-name: the UCC receive clock source
-     "none": clock source is disabled
-     "brg1" through "brg16": clock source is BRG1-BRG16, respectively
-     "clk1" through "clk24": clock source is CLK1-CLK24, respectively
-   - tx-clock-name: the UCC transmit clock source
-     "none": clock source is disabled
-     "brg1" through "brg16": clock source is BRG1-BRG16, respectively
-     "clk1" through "clk24": clock source is CLK1-CLK24, respectively
-   The following two properties are deprecated.  rx-clock has been replaced
-   with rx-clock-name, and tx-clock has been replaced with tx-clock-name.
-   Drivers that currently use the deprecated properties should continue to
-   do so, in order to support older device trees, but they should be updated
-   to check for the new properties first.
-   - rx-clock : represents the UCC receive clock source.
-     0x00 : clock source is disabled;
-     0x1~0x10 : clock source is BRG1~BRG16 respectively;
-     0x11~0x28: clock source is QE_CLK1~QE_CLK24 respectively.
-   - tx-clock: represents the UCC transmit clock source;
-     0x00 : clock source is disabled;
-     0x1~0x10 : clock source is BRG1~BRG16 respectively;
-     0x11~0x28: clock source is QE_CLK1~QE_CLK24 respectively.
-
-   Required properties for network device_type:
-   - mac-address : list of bytes representing the ethernet address.
-   - phy-handle : The phandle for the PHY connected to this controller.
-
-   Recommended properties:
-   - phy-connection-type : a string naming the controller/PHY interface type,
-     i.e., "mii" (default), "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii", "rgmii-id" (Internal
-     Delay), "rgmii-txid" (delay on TX only), "rgmii-rxid" (delay on RX only),
-     "tbi", or "rtbi".
-
-   Example:
-        ucc@2000 {
-                device_type = "network";
-                compatible = "ucc_geth";
-                cell-index = <1>;
-                reg = <2000 200>;
-                interrupts = <a0 0>;
-                interrupt-parent = <700>;
-                mac-address = [ 00 04 9f 00 23 23 ];
-                rx-clock = "none";
-                tx-clock = "clk9";
-                phy-handle = <212000>;
-                phy-connection-type = "gmii";
-                pio-handle = <140001>;
-        };
-
-
-   v) Parallel I/O Ports
-
-   This node configures Parallel I/O ports for CPUs with QE support.
-   The node should reside in the "soc" node of the tree.  For each
-   device that using parallel I/O ports, a child node should be created.
-   See the definition of the Pin configuration nodes below for more
-   information.
-
-   Required properties:
-   - device_type : should be "par_io".
-   - reg : offset to the register set and its length.
-   - num-ports : number of Parallel I/O ports
-
-   Example:
-        par_io@1400 {
-                reg = <1400 100>;
-                #address-cells = <1>;
-                #size-cells = <0>;
-                device_type = "par_io";
-                num-ports = <7>;
-                ucc_pin@01 {
-                        ......
-                };
-
-
-   vi) Pin configuration nodes
-
-   Required properties:
-   - linux,phandle : phandle of this node; likely referenced by a QE
-     device.
-   - pio-map : array of pin configurations.  Each pin is defined by 6
-     integers.  The six numbers are respectively: port, pin, dir,
-     open_drain, assignment, has_irq.
-     - port : port number of the pin; 0-6 represent port A-G in UM.
-     - pin : pin number in the port.
-     - dir : direction of the pin, should encode as follows:
-
-        0 = The pin is disabled
-        1 = The pin is an output
-        2 = The pin is an input
-        3 = The pin is I/O
-
-     - open_drain : indicates the pin is normal or wired-OR:
-
-        0 = The pin is actively driven as an output
-        1 = The pin is an open-drain driver. As an output, the pin is
-            driven active-low, otherwise it is three-stated.
-
-     - assignment : function number of the pin according to the Pin Assignment
-       tables in User Manual.  Each pin can have up to 4 possible functions in
-       QE and two options for CPM.
-     - has_irq : indicates if the pin is used as source of external
-       interrupts.
-
-   Example:
-        ucc_pin@01 {
-                linux,phandle = <140001>;
-                pio-map = <
-                /* port  pin  dir  open_drain  assignment  has_irq */
-                        0  3  1  0  1  0        /* TxD0 */
-                        0  4  1  0  1  0        /* TxD1 */
-                        0  5  1  0  1  0        /* TxD2 */
-                        0  6  1  0  1  0        /* TxD3 */
-                        1  6  1  0  3  0        /* TxD4 */
-                        1  7  1  0  1  0        /* TxD5 */
-                        1  9  1  0  2  0        /* TxD6 */
-                        1  a  1  0  2  0        /* TxD7 */
-                        0  9  2  0  1  0        /* RxD0 */
-                        0  a  2  0  1  0        /* RxD1 */
-                        0  b  2  0  1  0        /* RxD2 */
-                        0  c  2  0  1  0        /* RxD3 */
-                        0  d  2  0  1  0        /* RxD4 */
-                        1  1  2  0  2  0        /* RxD5 */
-                        1  0  2  0  2  0        /* RxD6 */
-                        1  4  2  0  2  0        /* RxD7 */
-                        0  7  1  0  1  0        /* TX_EN */
-                        0  8  1  0  1  0        /* TX_ER */
-                        0  f  2  0  1  0        /* RX_DV */
-                        0  10 2  0  1  0        /* RX_ER */
-                        0  0  2  0  1  0        /* RX_CLK */
-                        2  9  1  0  3  0        /* GTX_CLK - CLK10 */
-                        2  8  2  0  1  0>;      /* GTX125 - CLK9 */
-        };
-
-   vii) Multi-User RAM (MURAM)
-
-   Required properties:
-   - compatible : should be "fsl,qe-muram", "fsl,cpm-muram".
-   - mode : the could be "host" or "slave".
-   - ranges : Should be defined as specified in 1) to describe the
-      translation of MURAM addresses.
-   - data-only : sub-node which defines the address area under MURAM
-      bus that can be allocated as data/parameter
-
-   Example:
-
-        muram@10000 {
-                compatible = "fsl,qe-muram", "fsl,cpm-muram";
-                ranges = <0 00010000 0000c000>;
-
-                data-only@0{
-                        compatible = "fsl,qe-muram-data",
-                                     "fsl,cpm-muram-data";
-                        reg = <0 c000>;
-                };
-        };
-
-   viii) Uploaded QE firmware
-
-         If a new firwmare has been uploaded to the QE (usually by the
-         boot loader), then a 'firmware' child node should be added to the QE
-         node.  This node provides information on the uploaded firmware that
-         device drivers may need.
-
-         Required properties:
-         - id: The string name of the firmware.  This is taken from the 'id'
-               member of the qe_firmware structure of the uploaded firmware.
-               Device drivers can search this string to determine if the
-               firmware they want is already present.
-         - extended-modes: The Extended Modes bitfield, taken from the
-                           firmware binary.  It is a 64-bit number represented
-                           as an array of two 32-bit numbers.
-         - virtual-traps: The virtual traps, taken from the firmware binary.
-                          It is an array of 8 32-bit numbers.
-
-         Example:
-
-                firmware {
-                        id = "Soft-UART";
-                        extended-modes = <0 0>;
-                        virtual-traps = <0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0>;
-                }
-
-   j) CFI or JEDEC memory-mapped NOR flash
+   c) CFI or JEDEC memory-mapped NOR flash
 
     Flash chips (Memory Technology Devices) are often used for solid state
     file systems on embedded devices.
@@ -1908,268 +1361,7 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model.
                 };
         };
 
-   k) Global Utilities Block
-
-   The global utilities block controls power management, I/O device
-   enabling, power-on-reset configuration monitoring, general-purpose
-   I/O signal configuration, alternate function selection for multiplexed
-   signals, and clock control.
-
-   Required properties:
-
-    - compatible : Should define the compatible device type for
-      global-utilities.
-    - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device.
-
-  Recommended properties:
-
-    - fsl,has-rstcr : Indicates that the global utilities register set
-      contains a functioning "reset control register" (i.e. the board
-      is wired to reset upon setting the HRESET_REQ bit in this register).
-
-    Example:
-
-        global-utilities@e0000 {        /* global utilities block */
-                compatible = "fsl,mpc8548-guts";
-                reg = <e0000 1000>;
-                fsl,has-rstcr;
-        };
-
-   l) Freescale Communications Processor Module
-
-   NOTE: This is an interim binding, and will likely change slightly,
-   as more devices are supported.  The QE bindings especially are
-   incomplete.
-
-   i) Root CPM node
-
-   Properties:
-   - compatible : "fsl,cpm1", "fsl,cpm2", or "fsl,qe".
-   - reg : A 48-byte region beginning with CPCR.
-
-   Example:
-        cpm@119c0 {
-                #address-cells = <1>;
-                #size-cells = <1>;
-                #interrupt-cells = <2>;
-                compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-cpm", "fsl,cpm2";
-                reg = <119c0 30>;
-        }
-
-   ii) Properties common to mulitple CPM/QE devices
-
-   - fsl,cpm-command : This value is ORed with the opcode and command flag
-                       to specify the device on which a CPM command operates.
-
-   - fsl,cpm-brg : Indicates which baud rate generator the device
-                   is associated with.  If absent, an unused BRG
-                   should be dynamically allocated.  If zero, the
-                   device uses an external clock rather than a BRG.
-
-   - reg : Unless otherwise specified, the first resource represents the
-           scc/fcc/ucc registers, and the second represents the device's
-           parameter RAM region (if it has one).
-
-   iii) Serial
-
-   Currently defined compatibles:
-   - fsl,cpm1-smc-uart
-   - fsl,cpm2-smc-uart
-   - fsl,cpm1-scc-uart
-   - fsl,cpm2-scc-uart
-   - fsl,qe-uart
-
-   Example:
-
-        serial@11a00 {
-                device_type = "serial";
-                compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-scc-uart",
-                             "fsl,cpm2-scc-uart";
-                reg = <11a00 20 8000 100>;
-                interrupts = <28 8>;
-                interrupt-parent = <&PIC>;
-                fsl,cpm-brg = <1>;
-                fsl,cpm-command = <00800000>;
-        };
-
-   iii) Network
-
-   Currently defined compatibles:
-   - fsl,cpm1-scc-enet
-   - fsl,cpm2-scc-enet
-   - fsl,cpm1-fec-enet
-   - fsl,cpm2-fcc-enet (third resource is GFEMR)
-   - fsl,qe-enet
-
-   Example:
-
-        ethernet@11300 {
-                device_type = "network";
-                compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-fcc-enet",
-                             "fsl,cpm2-fcc-enet";
-                reg = <11300 20 8400 100 11390 1>;
-                local-mac-address = [ 00 00 00 00 00 00 ];
-                interrupts = <20 8>;
-                interrupt-parent = <&PIC>;
-                phy-handle = <&PHY0>;
-                fsl,cpm-command = <12000300>;
-        };
-
-   iv) MDIO
-
-   Currently defined compatibles:
-   fsl,pq1-fec-mdio (reg is same as first resource of FEC device)
-   fsl,cpm2-mdio-bitbang (reg is port C registers)
-
-   Properties for fsl,cpm2-mdio-bitbang:
-   fsl,mdio-pin : pin of port C controlling mdio data
-   fsl,mdc-pin : pin of port C controlling mdio clock
-
-   Example:
-
-        mdio@10d40 {
-                device_type = "mdio";
-                compatible = "fsl,mpc8272ads-mdio-bitbang",
-                             "fsl,mpc8272-mdio-bitbang",
-                             "fsl,cpm2-mdio-bitbang";
-                reg = <10d40 14>;
-                #address-cells = <1>;
-                #size-cells = <0>;
-                fsl,mdio-pin = <12>;
-                fsl,mdc-pin = <13>;
-        };
-
-   v) Baud Rate Generators
-
-   Currently defined compatibles:
-   fsl,cpm-brg
-   fsl,cpm1-brg
-   fsl,cpm2-brg
-
-   Properties:
-   - reg : There may be an arbitrary number of reg resources; BRG
-     numbers are assigned to these in order.
-   - clock-frequency : Specifies the base frequency driving
-     the BRG.
-
-   Example:
-
-        brg@119f0 {
-                compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-brg",
-                             "fsl,cpm2-brg",
-                             "fsl,cpm-brg";
-                reg = <119f0 10 115f0 10>;
-                clock-frequency = <d#25000000>;
-        };
-
-   vi) Interrupt Controllers
-
-   Currently defined compatibles:
-   - fsl,cpm1-pic
-     - only one interrupt cell
-   - fsl,pq1-pic
-   - fsl,cpm2-pic
-     - second interrupt cell is level/sense:
-       - 2 is falling edge
-       - 8 is active low
-
-   Example:
-
-        interrupt-controller@10c00 {
-                #interrupt-cells = <2>;
-                interrupt-controller;
-                reg = <10c00 80>;
-                compatible = "mpc8272-pic", "fsl,cpm2-pic";
-        };
-
-   vii) USB (Universal Serial Bus Controller)
-
-   Properties:
-   - compatible : "fsl,cpm1-usb", "fsl,cpm2-usb", "fsl,qe-usb"
-
-   Example:
-        usb@11bc0 {
-                #address-cells = <1>;
-                #size-cells = <0>;
-                compatible = "fsl,cpm2-usb";
-                reg = <11b60 18 8b00 100>;
-                interrupts = <b 8>;
-                interrupt-parent = <&PIC>;
-                fsl,cpm-command = <2e600000>;
-        };
-
-   viii) Multi-User RAM (MURAM)
-
-   The multi-user/dual-ported RAM is expressed as a bus under the CPM node.
-
-   Ranges must be set up subject to the following restrictions:
-
-   - Children's reg nodes must be offsets from the start of all muram, even
-     if the user-data area does not begin at zero.
-   - If multiple range entries are used, the difference between the parent
-     address and the child address must be the same in all, so that a single
-     mapping can cover them all while maintaining the ability to determine
-     CPM-side offsets with pointer subtraction.  It is recommended that
-     multiple range entries not be used.
-   - A child address of zero must be translatable, even if no reg resources
-     contain it.
-
-   A child "data" node must exist, compatible with "fsl,cpm-muram-data", to
-   indicate the portion of muram that is usable by the OS for arbitrary
-   purposes.  The data node may have an arbitrary number of reg resources,
-   all of which contribute to the allocatable muram pool.
-
-   Example, based on mpc8272:
-
-        muram@0 {
-                #address-cells = <1>;
-                #size-cells = <1>;
-                ranges = <0 0 10000>;
-
-                data@0 {
-                        compatible = "fsl,cpm-muram-data";
-                        reg = <0 2000 9800 800>;
-                };
-        };
-
-   m) Chipselect/Local Bus
-
-   Properties:
-   - name : Should be localbus
-   - #address-cells : Should be either two or three.  The first cell is the
-                      chipselect number, and the remaining cells are the
-                      offset into the chipselect.
-   - #size-cells : Either one or two, depending on how large each chipselect
-                   can be.
-   - ranges : Each range corresponds to a single chipselect, and cover
-              the entire access window as configured.
-
-   Example:
-        localbus@f0010100 {
-                compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-localbus",
-                             "fsl,pq2-localbus";
-                #address-cells = <2>;
-                #size-cells = <1>;
-                reg = <f0010100 40>;
-
-                ranges = <0 0 fe000000 02000000
-                          1 0 f4500000 00008000>;
-
-                flash@0,0 {
-                        compatible = "jedec-flash";
-                        reg = <0 0 2000000>;
-                        bank-width = <4>;
-                        device-width = <1>;
-                };
-
-                board-control@1,0 {
-                        reg = <1 0 20>;
-                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8272ads-bcsr";
-                };
-        };
-
-
-    n) 4xx/Axon EMAC ethernet nodes
+    d) 4xx/Axon EMAC ethernet nodes
 
     The EMAC ethernet controller in IBM and AMCC 4xx chips, and also
     the Axon bridge.  To operate this needs to interact with a ths
@@ -2317,7 +1509,7 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model.
                            available.
                            For Axon: 0x0000012a
 
-   o) Xilinx IP cores
+   e) Xilinx IP cores
 
    The Xilinx EDK toolchain ships with a set of IP cores (devices) for use
    in Xilinx Spartan and Virtex FPGAs.  The devices cover the whole range
@@ -2611,206 +1803,7 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model.
        - reg-offset : A value of 3 is required
        - reg-shift : A value of 2 is required
 
-
-    p) Freescale Synchronous Serial Interface
-
-       The SSI is a serial device that communicates with audio codecs.  It can
-       be programmed in AC97, I2S, left-justified, or right-justified modes.
-
-       Required properties:
-       - compatible       : compatible list, containing "fsl,ssi"
-       - cell-index       : the SSI, <0> = SSI1, <1> = SSI2, and so on
-       - reg              : offset and length of the register set for the device
-       - interrupts       : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a
-                            field that represents an encoding of the sense and
-                            level information for the interrupt.  This should be
-                            encoded based on the information in section 2)
-                            depending on the type of interrupt controller you
-                            have.
-       - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
-                            services interrupts for this device.
-       - fsl,mode         : the operating mode for the SSI interface
-                            "i2s-slave" - I2S mode, SSI is clock slave
-                            "i2s-master" - I2S mode, SSI is clock master
-                            "lj-slave" - left-justified mode, SSI is clock slave
-                            "lj-master" - l.j. mode, SSI is clock master
-                            "rj-slave" - right-justified mode, SSI is clock slave
-                            "rj-master" - r.j., SSI is clock master
-                            "ac97-slave" - AC97 mode, SSI is clock slave
-                            "ac97-master" - AC97 mode, SSI is clock master
-
-       Optional properties:
-       - codec-handle     : phandle to a 'codec' node that defines an audio
-                            codec connected to this SSI.  This node is typically
-                            a child of an I2C or other control node.
-
-       Child 'codec' node required properties:
-       - compatible       : compatible list, contains the name of the codec
-
-       Child 'codec' node optional properties:
-       - clock-frequency  : The frequency of the input clock, which typically
-                            comes from an on-board dedicated oscillator.
-
-    * Freescale 83xx DMA Controller
-
-    Freescale PowerPC 83xx have on chip general purpose DMA controllers.
-
-    Required properties:
-
-    - compatible        : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is
-                         "fsl,CHIP-dma", where CHIP is the processor
-                         (mpc8349, mpc8360, etc.) and the second is
-                         "fsl,elo-dma"
-    - reg               : <registers mapping for DMA general status reg>
-    - ranges            : Should be defined as specified in 1) to describe the
-                          DMA controller channels.
-    - cell-index        : controller index.  0 for controller @ 0x8100
-    - interrupts        : <interrupt mapping for DMA IRQ>
-    - interrupt-parent  : optional, if needed for interrupt mapping
-
-
-    - DMA channel nodes:
-            - compatible        : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is
-                                 "fsl,CHIP-dma-channel", where CHIP is the processor
-                                 (mpc8349, mpc8350, etc.) and the second is
-                                 "fsl,elo-dma-channel"
-            - reg               : <registers mapping for channel>
-            - cell-index        : dma channel index starts at 0.
-
-    Optional properties:
-            - interrupts        : <interrupt mapping for DMA channel IRQ>
-                                  (on 83xx this is expected to be identical to
-                                   the interrupts property of the parent node)
-            - interrupt-parent  : optional, if needed for interrupt mapping
-
-  Example:
-        dma@82a8 {
-                #address-cells = <1>;
-                #size-cells = <1>;
-                compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma", "fsl,elo-dma";
-                reg = <82a8 4>;
-                ranges = <0 8100 1a4>;
-                interrupt-parent = <&ipic>;
-                interrupts = <47 8>;
-                cell-index = <0>;
-                dma-channel@0 {
-                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma-channel", "fsl,elo-dma-channel";
-                        cell-index = <0>;
-                        reg = <0 80>;
-                };
-                dma-channel@80 {
-                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma-channel", "fsl,elo-dma-channel";
-                        cell-index = <1>;
-                        reg = <80 80>;
-                };
-                dma-channel@100 {
-                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma-channel", "fsl,elo-dma-channel";
-                        cell-index = <2>;
-                        reg = <100 80>;
-                };
-                dma-channel@180 {
-                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma-channel", "fsl,elo-dma-channel";
-                        cell-index = <3>;
-                        reg = <180 80>;
-                };
-        };
-
-   * Freescale 85xx/86xx DMA Controller
-
-    Freescale PowerPC 85xx/86xx have on chip general purpose DMA controllers.
-
-    Required properties:
-
-    - compatible        : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is
-                         "fsl,CHIP-dma", where CHIP is the processor
-                         (mpc8540, mpc8540, etc.) and the second is
-                         "fsl,eloplus-dma"
-    - reg               : <registers mapping for DMA general status reg>
-    - cell-index        : controller index.  0 for controller @ 0x21000,
-                                             1 for controller @ 0xc000
-    - ranges            : Should be defined as specified in 1) to describe the
-                          DMA controller channels.
-
-    - DMA channel nodes:
-            - compatible        : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is
-                                 "fsl,CHIP-dma-channel", where CHIP is the processor
-                                 (mpc8540, mpc8560, etc.) and the second is
-                                 "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel"
-            - cell-index        : dma channel index starts at 0.
-            - reg               : <registers mapping for channel>
-            - interrupts        : <interrupt mapping for DMA channel IRQ>
-            - interrupt-parent  : optional, if needed for interrupt mapping
-
-  Example:
-        dma@21300 {
-                #address-cells = <1>;
-                #size-cells = <1>;
-                compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma", "fsl,eloplus-dma";
-                reg = <21300 4>;
-                ranges = <0 21100 200>;
-                cell-index = <0>;
-                dma-channel@0 {
-                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma-channel", "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel";
-                        reg = <0 80>;
-                        cell-index = <0>;
-                        interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
-                        interrupts = <14 2>;
-                };
-                dma-channel@80 {
-                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma-channel", "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel";
-                        reg = <80 80>;
-                        cell-index = <1>;
-                        interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
-                        interrupts = <15 2>;
-                };
-                dma-channel@100 {
-                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma-channel", "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel";
-                        reg = <100 80>;
-                        cell-index = <2>;
-                        interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
-                        interrupts = <16 2>;
-                };
-                dma-channel@180 {
-                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma-channel", "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel";
-                        reg = <180 80>;
-                        cell-index = <3>;
-                        interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
-                        interrupts = <17 2>;
-                };
-        };
-
-    * Freescale 8xxx/3.0 Gb/s SATA nodes
-
-    SATA nodes are defined to describe on-chip Serial ATA controllers.
-    Each SATA port should have its own node.
-
-    Required properties:
-    - compatible        : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is
-                         "fsl,CHIP-sata", where CHIP is the processor
-                         (mpc8315, mpc8379, etc.) and the second is
-                         "fsl,pq-sata"
-    - interrupts        : <interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ>
-    - cell-index        : controller index.
-                              1 for controller @ 0x18000
-                              2 for controller @ 0x19000
-                              3 for controller @ 0x1a000
-                              4 for controller @ 0x1b000
-
-    Optional properties:
-    - interrupt-parent  : optional, if needed for interrupt mapping
-    - reg               : <registers mapping>
-
-   Example:
-
-        sata@18000 {
-                compatible = "fsl,mpc8379-sata", "fsl,pq-sata";
-                reg = <0x18000 0x1000>;
-                cell-index = <1>;
-                interrupts = <2c 8>;
-                interrupt-parent = < &ipic >;
-        };
-
-    q) USB EHCI controllers
+    f) USB EHCI controllers
 
     Required properties:
       - compatible : should be "usb-ehci".
@@ -2870,6 +1863,26 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model.
                 reg = <0xe8000000 32>;
         };
 
+   r) MDIO on GPIOs
+
+   Currently defined compatibles:
+   - virtual,gpio-mdio
+
+   MDC and MDIO lines connected to GPIO controllers are listed in the
+   gpios property as described in section VIII.1 in the following order:
+
+   MDC, MDIO.
+
+   Example:
+
+        mdio {
+                compatible = "virtual,mdio-gpio";
+                #address-cells = <1>;
+                #size-cells = <0>;
+                gpios = <&qe_pio_a 11
+                         &qe_pio_c 6>;
+        };
+
 VII - Marvell Discovery mv64[345]6x System Controller chips
 ===========================================================
 
@@ -3477,8 +2490,8 @@ encodings listed below:
         2 =  high to low edge sensitive type enabled
         3 =  low to high edge sensitive type enabled
 
-VIII - Specifying GPIO information for devices
-==============================================
+IX - Specifying GPIO information for devices
+============================================
 
 1) gpios property
 -----------------
@@ -3526,119 +2539,151 @@ Example of two SOC GPIO banks defined as gpio-controller nodes:
                 gpio-controller;
         };
 
+X - Specifying Device Power Management Information (sleep property)
+===================================================================
+
+Devices on SOCs often have mechanisms for placing devices into low-power
+states that are decoupled from the devices' own register blocks.  Sometimes,
+this information is more complicated than a cell-index property can
+reasonably describe.  Thus, each device controlled in such a manner
+may contain a "sleep" property which describes these connections.
+
+The sleep property consists of one or more sleep resources, each of
+which consists of a phandle to a sleep controller, followed by a
+controller-specific sleep specifier of zero or more cells.
+
+The semantics of what type of low power modes are possible are defined
+by the sleep controller.  Some examples of the types of low power modes
+that may be supported are:
+
+ - Dynamic: The device may be disabled or enabled at any time.
+ - System Suspend: The device may request to be disabled or remain
+   awake during system suspend, but will not be disabled until then.
+ - Permanent: The device is disabled permanently (until the next hard
+   reset).
+
+Some devices may share a clock domain with each other, such that they should
+only be suspended when none of the devices are in use.  Where reasonable,
+such nodes should be placed on a virtual bus, where the bus has the sleep
+property.  If the clock domain is shared among devices that cannot be
+reasonably grouped in this manner, then create a virtual sleep controller
+(similar to an interrupt nexus, except that defining a standardized
+sleep-map should wait until its necessity is demonstrated).
+
 Appendix A - Sample SOC node for MPC8540
 ========================================
 
-Note that the #address-cells and #size-cells for the SoC node
-in this example have been explicitly listed; these are likely
-not necessary as they are usually the same as the root node.
-
-        soc8540@e0000000 {
+        soc@e0000000 {
                 #address-cells = <1>;
                 #size-cells = <1>;
-                #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+                compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-ccsr", "simple-bus";
                 device_type = "soc";
-                ranges = <00000000 e0000000 00100000>
-                reg = <e0000000 00003000>;
+                ranges = <0x00000000 0xe0000000 0x00100000>
                 bus-frequency = <0>;
-
-                mdio@24520 {
-                        reg = <24520 20>;
-                        device_type = "mdio";
-                        compatible = "gianfar";
-
-                        ethernet-phy@0 {
-                                linux,phandle = <2452000>
-                                interrupt-parent = <40000>;
-                                interrupts = <35 1>;
-                                reg = <0>;
-                                device_type = "ethernet-phy";
-                        };
-
-                        ethernet-phy@1 {
-                                linux,phandle = <2452001>
-                                interrupt-parent = <40000>;
-                                interrupts = <35 1>;
-                                reg = <1>;
-                                device_type = "ethernet-phy";
-                        };
-
-                        ethernet-phy@3 {
-                                linux,phandle = <2452002>
-                                interrupt-parent = <40000>;
-                                interrupts = <35 1>;
-                                reg = <3>;
-                                device_type = "ethernet-phy";
-                        };
-
-                };
+                interrupt-parent = <&pic>;
 
                 ethernet@24000 {
-                        #size-cells = <0>;
+                        #address-cells = <1>;
+                        #size-cells = <1>;
                         device_type = "network";
                         model = "TSEC";
-                        compatible = "gianfar";
-                        reg = <24000 1000>;
-                        mac-address = [ 00 E0 0C 00 73 00 ];
-                        interrupts = <d 3 e 3 12 3>;
-                        interrupt-parent = <40000>;
-                        phy-handle = <2452000>;
+                        compatible = "gianfar", "simple-bus";
+                        reg = <0x24000 0x1000>;
+                        local-mac-address = [ 00 E0 0C 00 73 00 ];
+                        interrupts = <29 2 30 2 34 2>;
+                        phy-handle = <&phy0>;
+                        sleep = <&pmc 00000080>;
+                        ranges;
+
+                        mdio@24520 {
+                                reg = <0x24520 0x20>;
+                                compatible = "fsl,gianfar-mdio";
+
+                                phy0: ethernet-phy@0 {
+                                        interrupts = <5 1>;
+                                        reg = <0>;
+                                        device_type = "ethernet-phy";
+                                };
+
+                                phy1: ethernet-phy@1 {
+                                        interrupts = <5 1>;
+                                        reg = <1>;
+                                        device_type = "ethernet-phy";
+                                };
+
+                                phy3: ethernet-phy@3 {
+                                        interrupts = <7 1>;
+                                        reg = <3>;
+                                        device_type = "ethernet-phy";
+                                };
+                        };
                 };
 
                 ethernet@25000 {
-                        #address-cells = <1>;
-                        #size-cells = <0>;
                         device_type = "network";
                         model = "TSEC";
                         compatible = "gianfar";
-                        reg = <25000 1000>;
-                        mac-address = [ 00 E0 0C 00 73 01 ];
-                        interrupts = <13 3 14 3 18 3>;
-                        interrupt-parent = <40000>;
-                        phy-handle = <2452001>;
+                        reg = <0x25000 0x1000>;
+                        local-mac-address = [ 00 E0 0C 00 73 01 ];
+                        interrupts = <13 2 14 2 18 2>;
+                        phy-handle = <&phy1>;
+                        sleep = <&pmc 00000040>;
                 };
 
                 ethernet@26000 {
-                        #address-cells = <1>;
-                        #size-cells = <0>;
                         device_type = "network";
                         model = "FEC";
                         compatible = "gianfar";
-                        reg = <26000 1000>;
-                        mac-address = [ 00 E0 0C 00 73 02 ];
-                        interrupts = <19 3>;
-                        interrupt-parent = <40000>;
-                        phy-handle = <2452002>;
+                        reg = <0x26000 0x1000>;
+                        local-mac-address = [ 00 E0 0C 00 73 02 ];
+                        interrupts = <41 2>;
+                        phy-handle = <&phy3>;
+                        sleep = <&pmc 00000020>;
                 };
 
                 serial@4500 {
-                        device_type = "serial";
-                        compatible = "ns16550";
-                        reg = <4500 100>;
-                        clock-frequency = <0>;
-                        interrupts = <1a 3>;
-                        interrupt-parent = <40000>;
+                        #address-cells = <1>;
+                        #size-cells = <1>;
+                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-duart", "simple-bus";
+                        sleep = <&pmc 00000002>;
+                        ranges;
+
+                        serial@4500 {
+                                device_type = "serial";
+                                compatible = "ns16550";
+                                reg = <0x4500 0x100>;
+                                clock-frequency = <0>;
+                                interrupts = <42 2>;
+                        };
+
+                        serial@4600 {
+                                device_type = "serial";
+                                compatible = "ns16550";
+                                reg = <0x4600 0x100>;
+                                clock-frequency = <0>;
+                                interrupts = <42 2>;
+                        };
                 };
 
-                pic@40000 {
-                        linux,phandle = <40000>;
-                        clock-frequency = <0>;
+                pic: pic@40000 {
                         interrupt-controller;
                         #address-cells = <0>;
-                        reg = <40000 40000>;
-                        built-in;
+                        #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+                        reg = <0x40000 0x40000>;
                         compatible = "chrp,open-pic";
                         device_type = "open-pic";
-                        big-endian;
                 };
 
                 i2c@3000 {
-                        interrupt-parent = <40000>;
-                        interrupts = <1b 3>;
-                        reg = <3000 18>;
-                        device_type = "i2c";
+                        interrupts = <43 2>;
+                        reg = <0x3000 0x100>;
                         compatible  = "fsl-i2c";
                         dfsrr;
+                        sleep = <&pmc 00000004>;
                 };
 
+                pmc: power@e0070 {
+                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-pmc", "fsl,mpc8548-pmc";
+                        reg = <0xe0070 0x20>;
+                };
         };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d60fced5e1cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+The PowerPC boot wrapper
+------------------------
+Copyright (C) Secret Lab Technologies Ltd.
+
+PowerPC image targets compresses and wraps the kernel image (vmlinux) with
+a boot wrapper to make it usable by the system firmware.  There is no
+standard PowerPC firmware interface, so the boot wrapper is designed to
+be adaptable for each kind of image that needs to be built.
+
+The boot wrapper can be found in the arch/powerpc/boot/ directory.  The
+Makefile in that directory has targets for all the available image types.
+The different image types are used to support all of the various firmware
+interfaces found on PowerPC platforms.  OpenFirmware is the most commonly
+used firmware type on general purpose PowerPC systems from Apple, IBM and
+others.  U-Boot is typically found on embedded PowerPC hardware, but there
+are a handful of other firmware implementations which are also popular.  Each
+firmware interface requires a different image format.
+
+The boot wrapper is built from the makefile in arch/powerpc/boot/Makefile and
+it uses the wrapper script (arch/powerpc/boot/wrapper) to generate target
+image.  The details of the build system is discussed in the next section.
+Currently, the following image format targets exist:
+
+   cuImage.%:           Backwards compatible uImage for older version of
+                        U-Boot (for versions that don't understand the device
+                        tree).  This image embeds a device tree blob inside
+                        the image.  The boot wrapper, kernel and device tree
+                        are all embedded inside the U-Boot uImage file format
+                        with boot wrapper code that extracts data from the old
+                        bd_info structure and loads the data into the device
+                        tree before jumping into the kernel.
+                          Because of the series of #ifdefs found in the
+                        bd_info structure used in the old U-Boot interfaces,
+                        cuImages are platform specific.  Each specific
+                        U-Boot platform has a different platform init file
+                        which populates the embedded device tree with data
+                        from the platform specific bd_info file.  The platform
+                        specific cuImage platform init code can be found in
+                        arch/powerpc/boot/cuboot.*.c.  Selection of the correct
+                        cuImage init code for a specific board can be found in
+                        the wrapper structure.
+   dtbImage.%:          Similar to zImage, except device tree blob is embedded
+                        inside the image instead of provided by firmware.  The
+                        output image file can be either an elf file or a flat
+                        binary depending on the platform.
+                          dtbImages are used on systems which do not have an
+                        interface for passing a device tree directly.
+                        dtbImages are similar to simpleImages except that
+                        dtbImages have platform specific code for extracting
+                        data from the board firmware, but simpleImages do not
+                        talk to the firmware at all.
+                          PlayStation 3 support uses dtbImage.  So do Embedded
+                        Planet boards using the PlanetCore firmware.  Board
+                        specific initialization code is typically found in a
+                        file named arch/powerpc/boot/<platform>.c; but this
+                        can be overridden by the wrapper script.
+   simpleImage.%:       Firmware independent compressed image that does not
+                        depend on any particular firmware interface and embeds
+                        a device tree blob.  This image is a flat binary that
+                        can be loaded to any location in RAM and jumped to.
+                        Firmware cannot pass any configuration data to the
+                        kernel with this image type and it depends entirely on
+                        the embedded device tree for all information.
+                          The simpleImage is useful for booting systems with
+                        an unknown firmware interface or for booting from
+                        a debugger when no firmware is present (such as on
+                        the Xilinx Virtex platform).  The only assumption that
+                        simpleImage makes is that RAM is correctly initialized
+                        and that the MMU is either off or has RAM mapped to
+                        base address 0.
+                          simpleImage also supports inserting special platform
+                        specific initialization code to the start of the bootup
+                        sequence.  The virtex405 platform uses this feature to
+                        ensure that the cache is invalidated before caching
+                        is enabled.  Platform specific initialization code is
+                        added as part of the wrapper script and is keyed on
+                        the image target name.  For example, all
+                        simpleImage.virtex405-* targets will add the
+                        virtex405-head.S initialization code (This also means
+                        that the dts file for virtex405 targets should be
+                        named (virtex405-<board>.dts).  Search the wrapper
+                        script for 'virtex405' and see the file
+                        arch/powerpc/boot/virtex405-head.S for details.
+   treeImage.%;         Image format for used with OpenBIOS firmware found
+                        on some ppc4xx hardware.  This image embeds a device
+                        tree blob inside the image.
+   uImage:              Native image format used by U-Boot.  The uImage target
+                        does not add any boot code.  It just wraps a compressed
+                        vmlinux in the uImage data structure.  This image
+                        requires a version of U-Boot that is able to pass
+                        a device tree to the kernel at boot.  If using an older
+                        version of U-Boot, then you need to use a cuImage
+                        instead.
+   zImage.%:            Image format which does not embed a device tree.
+                        Used by OpenFirmware and other firmware interfaces
+                        which are able to supply a device tree.  This image
+                        expects firmware to provide the device tree at boot.
+                        Typically, if you have general purpose PowerPC
+                        hardware then you want this image format.
+
+Image types which embed a device tree blob (simpleImage, dtbImage, treeImage,
+and cuImage) all generate the device tree blob from a file in the
+arch/powerpc/boot/dts/ directory.  The Makefile selects the correct device
+tree source based on the name of the target.  Therefore, if the kernel is
+built with 'make treeImage.walnut simpleImage.virtex405-ml403', then the
+build system will use arch/powerpc/boot/dts/walnut.dts to build
+treeImage.walnut and arch/powerpc/boot/dts/virtex405-ml403.dts to build
+the simpleImage.virtex405-ml403.
+
+Two special targets called 'zImage' and 'zImage.initrd' also exist.  These
+targets build all the default images as selected by the kernel configuration.
+Default images are selected by the boot wrapper Makefile
+(arch/powerpc/boot/Makefile) by adding targets to the $image-y variable.  Look
+at the Makefile to see which default image targets are available.
+
+How it is built
+---------------
+arch/powerpc is designed to support multiplatform kernels, which means
+that a single vmlinux image can be booted on many different target boards.
+It also means that the boot wrapper must be able to wrap for many kinds of
+images on a single build.  The design decision was made to not use any
+conditional compilation code (#ifdef, etc) in the boot wrapper source code.
+All of the boot wrapper pieces are buildable at any time regardless of the
+kernel configuration.  Building all the wrapper bits on every kernel build
+also ensures that obscure parts of the wrapper are at the very least compile
+tested in a large variety of environments.
+
+The wrapper is adapted for different image types at link time by linking in
+just the wrapper bits that are appropriate for the image type.  The 'wrapper
+script' (found in arch/powerpc/boot/wrapper) is called by the Makefile and
+is responsible for selecting the correct wrapper bits for the image type.
+The arguments are well documented in the script's comment block, so they
+are not repeated here.  However, it is worth mentioning that the script
+uses the -p (platform) argument as the main method of deciding which wrapper
+bits to compile in.  Look for the large 'case "$platform" in' block in the
+middle of the script.  This is also the place where platform specific fixups
+can be selected by changing the link order.
+
+In particular, care should be taken when working with cuImages.  cuImage
+wrapper bits are very board specific and care should be taken to make sure
+the target you are trying to build is supported by the wrapper bits.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/board.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/board.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..74ae6f1cd2d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/board.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+* Board Control and Status (BCSR)
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - device_type : Should be "board-control"
+ - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+
+Example:
+
+        bcsr@f8000000 {
+                device_type = "board-control";
+                reg = <f8000000 8000>;
+        };
+
+* Freescale on board FPGA
+
+This is the memory-mapped registers for on board FPGA.
+
+Required properities:
+- compatible : should be "fsl,fpga-pixis".
+- reg : should contain the address and the lenght of the FPPGA register
+  set.
+
+Example (MPC8610HPCD):
+
+        board-control@e8000000 {
+                compatible = "fsl,fpga-pixis";
+                reg = <0xe8000000 32>;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..088fc471e03a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+* Freescale Communications Processor Module
+
+NOTE: This is an interim binding, and will likely change slightly,
+as more devices are supported.  The QE bindings especially are
+incomplete.
+
+* Root CPM node
+
+Properties:
+- compatible : "fsl,cpm1", "fsl,cpm2", or "fsl,qe".
+- reg : A 48-byte region beginning with CPCR.
+
+Example:
+     cpm@119c0 {
+        #address-cells = <1>;
+        #size-cells = <1>;
+        #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+        compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-cpm", "fsl,cpm2";
+        reg = <119c0 30>;
+     }
+
+* Properties common to mulitple CPM/QE devices
+
+- fsl,cpm-command : This value is ORed with the opcode and command flag
+                    to specify the device on which a CPM command operates.
+
+- fsl,cpm-brg : Indicates which baud rate generator the device
+                is associated with.  If absent, an unused BRG
+                should be dynamically allocated.  If zero, the
+                device uses an external clock rather than a BRG.
+
+- reg : Unless otherwise specified, the first resource represents the
+        scc/fcc/ucc registers, and the second represents the device's
+        parameter RAM region (if it has one).
+
+* Multi-User RAM (MURAM)
+
+The multi-user/dual-ported RAM is expressed as a bus under the CPM node.
+
+Ranges must be set up subject to the following restrictions:
+
+- Children's reg nodes must be offsets from the start of all muram, even
+  if the user-data area does not begin at zero.
+- If multiple range entries are used, the difference between the parent
+  address and the child address must be the same in all, so that a single
+  mapping can cover them all while maintaining the ability to determine
+  CPM-side offsets with pointer subtraction.  It is recommended that
+  multiple range entries not be used.
+- A child address of zero must be translatable, even if no reg resources
+  contain it.
+
+A child "data" node must exist, compatible with "fsl,cpm-muram-data", to
+indicate the portion of muram that is usable by the OS for arbitrary
+purposes.  The data node may have an arbitrary number of reg resources,
+all of which contribute to the allocatable muram pool.
+
+Example, based on mpc8272:
+        muram@0 {
+                #address-cells = <1>;
+                #size-cells = <1>;
+                ranges = <0 0 10000>;
+
+                data@0 {
+                        compatible = "fsl,cpm-muram-data";
+                        reg = <0 2000 9800 800>;
+                };
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/brg.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/brg.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4c7d45eaf025
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/brg.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+* Baud Rate Generators
+
+Currently defined compatibles:
+fsl,cpm-brg
+fsl,cpm1-brg
+fsl,cpm2-brg
+
+Properties:
+- reg : There may be an arbitrary number of reg resources; BRG
+  numbers are assigned to these in order.
+- clock-frequency : Specifies the base frequency driving
+  the BRG.
+
+Example:
+        brg@119f0 {
+                compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-brg",
+                             "fsl,cpm2-brg",
+                             "fsl,cpm-brg";
+                reg = <119f0 10 115f0 10>;
+                clock-frequency = <d#25000000>;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/i2c.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/i2c.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..87bc6048667e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/i2c.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+* I2C
+
+The I2C controller is expressed as a bus under the CPM node.
+
+Properties:
+- compatible : "fsl,cpm1-i2c", "fsl,cpm2-i2c"
+- reg : On CPM2 devices, the second resource doesn't specify the I2C
+  Parameter RAM itself, but the I2C_BASE field of the CPM2 Parameter RAM
+  (typically 0x8afc 0x2).
+- #address-cells : Should be one. The cell is the i2c device address with
+  the r/w bit set to zero.
+- #size-cells : Should be zero.
+- clock-frequency : Can be used to set the i2c clock frequency. If
+  unspecified, a default frequency of 60kHz is being used.
+The following two properties are deprecated. They are only used by legacy
+i2c drivers to find the bus to probe:
+- linux,i2c-index : Can be used to hard code an i2c bus number. By default,
+  the bus number is dynamically assigned by the i2c core.
+- linux,i2c-class : Can be used to override the i2c class. The class is used
+  by legacy i2c device drivers to find a bus in a specific context like
+  system management, video or sound. By default, I2C_CLASS_HWMON (1) is
+  being used. The definition of the classes can be found in
+  include/i2c/i2c.h
+
+Example, based on mpc823:
+
+        i2c@860 {
+                compatible = "fsl,mpc823-i2c",
+                             "fsl,cpm1-i2c";
+                reg = <0x860 0x20 0x3c80 0x30>;
+                interrupts = <16>;
+                interrupt-parent = <&CPM_PIC>;
+                fsl,cpm-command = <0x10>;
+                #address-cells = <1>;
+                #size-cells = <0>;
+
+                rtc@68 {
+                        compatible = "dallas,ds1307";
+                        reg = <0x68>;
+                };
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/pic.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/pic.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8e3ee1681618
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/pic.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+* Interrupt Controllers
+
+Currently defined compatibles:
+- fsl,cpm1-pic
+  - only one interrupt cell
+- fsl,pq1-pic
+- fsl,cpm2-pic
+  - second interrupt cell is level/sense:
+    - 2 is falling edge
+    - 8 is active low
+
+Example:
+        interrupt-controller@10c00 {
+                #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+                interrupt-controller;
+                reg = <10c00 80>;
+                compatible = "mpc8272-pic", "fsl,cpm2-pic";
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/usb.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/usb.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..74bfda4bb824
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/usb.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+* USB (Universal Serial Bus Controller)
+
+Properties:
+- compatible : "fsl,cpm1-usb", "fsl,cpm2-usb", "fsl,qe-usb"
+
+Example:
+        usb@11bc0 {
+                #address-cells = <1>;
+                #size-cells = <0>;
+                compatible = "fsl,cpm2-usb";
+                reg = <11b60 18 8b00 100>;
+                interrupts = <b 8>;
+                interrupt-parent = <&PIC>;
+                fsl,cpm-command = <2e600000>;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/gpio.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/gpio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1815dfede1bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/gpio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+Every GPIO controller node must have #gpio-cells property defined,
+this information will be used to translate gpio-specifiers.
+
+On CPM1 devices, all ports are using slightly different register layouts.
+Ports A, C and D are 16bit ports and Ports B and E are 32bit ports.
+
+On CPM2 devices, all ports are 32bit ports and use a common register layout.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "fsl,cpm1-pario-bank-a", "fsl,cpm1-pario-bank-b",
+  "fsl,cpm1-pario-bank-c", "fsl,cpm1-pario-bank-d",
+  "fsl,cpm1-pario-bank-e", "fsl,cpm2-pario-bank"
+- #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and the
+  second cell is used to specify optional paramters (currently unused).
+- gpio-controller : Marks the port as GPIO controller.
+
+Example of three SOC GPIO banks defined as gpio-controller nodes:
+
+        CPM1_PIO_A: gpio-controller@950 {
+                #gpio-cells = <2>;
+                compatible = "fsl,cpm1-pario-bank-a";
+                reg = <0x950 0x10>;
+                gpio-controller;
+        };
+
+        CPM1_PIO_B: gpio-controller@ab8 {
+                #gpio-cells = <2>;
+                compatible = "fsl,cpm1-pario-bank-b";
+                reg = <0xab8 0x10>;
+                gpio-controller;
+        };
+
+        CPM1_PIO_E: gpio-controller@ac8 {
+                #gpio-cells = <2>;
+                compatible = "fsl,cpm1-pario-bank-e";
+                reg = <0xac8 0x18>;
+                gpio-controller;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0e4269446580
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+* Network
+
+Currently defined compatibles:
+- fsl,cpm1-scc-enet
+- fsl,cpm2-scc-enet
+- fsl,cpm1-fec-enet
+- fsl,cpm2-fcc-enet (third resource is GFEMR)
+- fsl,qe-enet
+
+Example:
+
+        ethernet@11300 {
+                device_type = "network";
+                compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-fcc-enet",
+                             "fsl,cpm2-fcc-enet";
+                reg = <11300 20 8400 100 11390 1>;
+                local-mac-address = [ 00 00 00 00 00 00 ];
+                interrupts = <20 8>;
+                interrupt-parent = <&PIC>;
+                phy-handle = <&PHY0>;
+                fsl,cpm-command = <12000300>;
+        };
+
+* MDIO
+
+Currently defined compatibles:
+fsl,pq1-fec-mdio (reg is same as first resource of FEC device)
+fsl,cpm2-mdio-bitbang (reg is port C registers)
+
+Properties for fsl,cpm2-mdio-bitbang:
+fsl,mdio-pin : pin of port C controlling mdio data
+fsl,mdc-pin : pin of port C controlling mdio clock
+
+Example:
+        mdio@10d40 {
+                device_type = "mdio";
+                compatible = "fsl,mpc8272ads-mdio-bitbang",
+                             "fsl,mpc8272-mdio-bitbang",
+                             "fsl,cpm2-mdio-bitbang";
+                reg = <10d40 14>;
+                #address-cells = <1>;
+                #size-cells = <0>;
+                fsl,mdio-pin = <12>;
+                fsl,mdc-pin = <13>;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..78790d58dc2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+* Freescale QUICC Engine module (QE)
+This represents qe module that is installed on PowerQUICC II Pro.
+
+NOTE:  This is an interim binding; it should be updated to fit
+in with the CPM binding later in this document.
+
+Basically, it is a bus of devices, that could act more or less
+as a complete entity (UCC, USB etc ). All of them should be siblings on
+the "root" qe node, using the common properties from there.
+The description below applies to the qe of MPC8360 and
+more nodes and properties would be extended in the future.
+
+i) Root QE device
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "fsl,qe";
+- model : precise model of the QE, Can be "QE", "CPM", or "CPM2"
+- reg : offset and length of the device registers.
+- bus-frequency : the clock frequency for QUICC Engine.
+
+Recommended properties
+- brg-frequency : the internal clock source frequency for baud-rate
+  generators in Hz.
+
+Example:
+     qe@e0100000 {
+        #address-cells = <1>;
+        #size-cells = <1>;
+        #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+        compatible = "fsl,qe";
+        ranges = <0 e0100000 00100000>;
+        reg = <e0100000 480>;
+        brg-frequency = <0>;
+        bus-frequency = <179A7B00>;
+     }
+
+* Multi-User RAM (MURAM)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "fsl,qe-muram", "fsl,cpm-muram".
+- mode : the could be "host" or "slave".
+- ranges : Should be defined as specified in 1) to describe the
+   translation of MURAM addresses.
+- data-only : sub-node which defines the address area under MURAM
+   bus that can be allocated as data/parameter
+
+Example:
+
+     muram@10000 {
+        compatible = "fsl,qe-muram", "fsl,cpm-muram";
+        ranges = <0 00010000 0000c000>;
+
+        data-only@0{
+                compatible = "fsl,qe-muram-data",
+                             "fsl,cpm-muram-data";
+                reg = <0 c000>;
+        };
+     };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/firmware.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/firmware.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6c238f59b2a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/firmware.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+* Uploaded QE firmware
+
+      If a new firwmare has been uploaded to the QE (usually by the
+      boot loader), then a 'firmware' child node should be added to the QE
+      node.  This node provides information on the uploaded firmware that
+      device drivers may need.
+
+      Required properties:
+      - id: The string name of the firmware.  This is taken from the 'id'
+            member of the qe_firmware structure of the uploaded firmware.
+            Device drivers can search this string to determine if the
+            firmware they want is already present.
+      - extended-modes: The Extended Modes bitfield, taken from the
+                   firmware binary.  It is a 64-bit number represented
+                   as an array of two 32-bit numbers.
+      - virtual-traps: The virtual traps, taken from the firmware binary.
+                  It is an array of 8 32-bit numbers.
+
+Example:
+        firmware {
+                id = "Soft-UART";
+                extended-modes = <0 0>;
+                virtual-traps = <0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0>;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/par_io.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/par_io.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..60984260207b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/par_io.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+* Parallel I/O Ports
+
+This node configures Parallel I/O ports for CPUs with QE support.
+The node should reside in the "soc" node of the tree.  For each
+device that using parallel I/O ports, a child node should be created.
+See the definition of the Pin configuration nodes below for more
+information.
+
+Required properties:
+- device_type : should be "par_io".
+- reg : offset to the register set and its length.
+- num-ports : number of Parallel I/O ports
+
+Example:
+par_io@1400 {
+        reg = <1400 100>;
+        #address-cells = <1>;
+        #size-cells = <0>;
+        device_type = "par_io";
+        num-ports = <7>;
+        ucc_pin@01 {
+                ......
+        };
+
+Note that "par_io" nodes are obsolete, and should not be used for
+the new device trees. Instead, each Par I/O bank should be represented
+via its own gpio-controller node:
+
+Required properties:
+- #gpio-cells : should be "2".
+- compatible : should be "fsl,<chip>-qe-pario-bank",
+  "fsl,mpc8323-qe-pario-bank".
+- reg : offset to the register set and its length.
+- gpio-controller : node to identify gpio controllers.
+
+Example:
+        qe_pio_a: gpio-controller@1400 {
+                #gpio-cells = <2>;
+                compatible = "fsl,mpc8360-qe-pario-bank",
+                "fsl,mpc8323-qe-pario-bank";
+                reg = <0x1400 0x18>;
+                gpio-controller;
+          };
+
+        qe_pio_e: gpio-controller@1460 {
+                #gpio-cells = <2>;
+                compatible = "fsl,mpc8360-qe-pario-bank",
+                             "fsl,mpc8323-qe-pario-bank";
+                reg = <0x1460 0x18>;
+                gpio-controller;
+          };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c5b43061db3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+* Pin configuration nodes
+
+Required properties:
+- linux,phandle : phandle of this node; likely referenced by a QE
+  device.
+- pio-map : array of pin configurations.  Each pin is defined by 6
+  integers.  The six numbers are respectively: port, pin, dir,
+  open_drain, assignment, has_irq.
+  - port : port number of the pin; 0-6 represent port A-G in UM.
+  - pin : pin number in the port.
+  - dir : direction of the pin, should encode as follows:
+
+     0 = The pin is disabled
+     1 = The pin is an output
+     2 = The pin is an input
+     3 = The pin is I/O
+
+  - open_drain : indicates the pin is normal or wired-OR:
+
+     0 = The pin is actively driven as an output
+     1 = The pin is an open-drain driver. As an output, the pin is
+         driven active-low, otherwise it is three-stated.
+
+  - assignment : function number of the pin according to the Pin Assignment
+    tables in User Manual.  Each pin can have up to 4 possible functions in
+    QE and two options for CPM.
+  - has_irq : indicates if the pin is used as source of external
+    interrupts.
+
+Example:
+     ucc_pin@01 {
+        linux,phandle = <140001>;
+        pio-map = <
+        /* port  pin  dir  open_drain  assignment  has_irq */
+                0  3  1  0  1  0        /* TxD0 */
+                0  4  1  0  1  0        /* TxD1 */
+                0  5  1  0  1  0        /* TxD2 */
+                0  6  1  0  1  0        /* TxD3 */
+                1  6  1  0  3  0        /* TxD4 */
+                1  7  1  0  1  0        /* TxD5 */
+                1  9  1  0  2  0        /* TxD6 */
+                1  a  1  0  2  0        /* TxD7 */
+                0  9  2  0  1  0        /* RxD0 */
+                0  a  2  0  1  0        /* RxD1 */
+                0  b  2  0  1  0        /* RxD2 */
+                0  c  2  0  1  0        /* RxD3 */
+                0  d  2  0  1  0        /* RxD4 */
+                1  1  2  0  2  0        /* RxD5 */
+                1  0  2  0  2  0        /* RxD6 */
+                1  4  2  0  2  0        /* RxD7 */
+                0  7  1  0  1  0        /* TX_EN */
+                0  8  1  0  1  0        /* TX_ER */
+                0  f  2  0  1  0        /* RX_DV */
+                0  10 2  0  1  0        /* RX_ER */
+                0  0  2  0  1  0        /* RX_CLK */
+                2  9  1  0  3  0        /* GTX_CLK - CLK10 */
+                2  8  2  0  1  0>;      /* GTX125 - CLK9 */
+     };
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/ucc.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/ucc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e47734bee3f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/ucc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+* UCC (Unified Communications Controllers)
+
+Required properties:
+- device_type : should be "network", "hldc", "uart", "transparent"
+  "bisync", "atm", or "serial".
+- compatible : could be "ucc_geth" or "fsl_atm" and so on.
+- cell-index : the ucc number(1-8), corresponding to UCCx in UM.
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+- interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a
+  field that represents an encoding of the sense and level
+  information for the interrupt.  This should be encoded based on
+  the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt
+  controller you have.
+- interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
+  services interrupts for this device.
+- pio-handle : The phandle for the Parallel I/O port configuration.
+- port-number : for UART drivers, the port number to use, between 0 and 3.
+  This usually corresponds to the /dev/ttyQE device, e.g. <0> = /dev/ttyQE0.
+  The port number is added to the minor number of the device.  Unlike the
+  CPM UART driver, the port-number is required for the QE UART driver.
+- soft-uart : for UART drivers, if specified this means the QE UART device
+  driver should use "Soft-UART" mode, which is needed on some SOCs that have
+  broken UART hardware.  Soft-UART is provided via a microcode upload.
+- rx-clock-name: the UCC receive clock source
+  "none": clock source is disabled
+  "brg1" through "brg16": clock source is BRG1-BRG16, respectively
+  "clk1" through "clk24": clock source is CLK1-CLK24, respectively
+- tx-clock-name: the UCC transmit clock source
+  "none": clock source is disabled
+  "brg1" through "brg16": clock source is BRG1-BRG16, respectively
+  "clk1" through "clk24": clock source is CLK1-CLK24, respectively
+The following two properties are deprecated.  rx-clock has been replaced
+with rx-clock-name, and tx-clock has been replaced with tx-clock-name.
+Drivers that currently use the deprecated properties should continue to
+do so, in order to support older device trees, but they should be updated
+to check for the new properties first.
+- rx-clock : represents the UCC receive clock source.
+  0x00 : clock source is disabled;
+  0x1~0x10 : clock source is BRG1~BRG16 respectively;
+  0x11~0x28: clock source is QE_CLK1~QE_CLK24 respectively.
+- tx-clock: represents the UCC transmit clock source;
+  0x00 : clock source is disabled;
+  0x1~0x10 : clock source is BRG1~BRG16 respectively;
+  0x11~0x28: clock source is QE_CLK1~QE_CLK24 respectively.
+
+Required properties for network device_type:
+- mac-address : list of bytes representing the ethernet address.
+- phy-handle : The phandle for the PHY connected to this controller.
+
+Recommended properties:
+- phy-connection-type : a string naming the controller/PHY interface type,
+  i.e., "mii" (default), "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii", "rgmii-id" (Internal
+  Delay), "rgmii-txid" (delay on TX only), "rgmii-rxid" (delay on RX only),
+  "tbi", or "rtbi".
+
+Example:
+        ucc@2000 {
+                device_type = "network";
+                compatible = "ucc_geth";
+                cell-index = <1>;
+                reg = <2000 200>;
+                interrupts = <a0 0>;
+                interrupt-parent = <700>;
+                mac-address = [ 00 04 9f 00 23 23 ];
+                rx-clock = "none";
+                tx-clock = "clk9";
+                phy-handle = <212000>;
+                phy-connection-type = "gmii";
+                pio-handle = <140001>;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/usb.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/usb.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9ccd5f30405b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/usb.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+Freescale QUICC Engine USB Controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "fsl,<chip>-qe-usb", "fsl,mpc8323-qe-usb".
+- reg : the first two cells should contain usb registers location and
+  length, the next two two cells should contain PRAM location and
+  length.
+- interrupts : should contain USB interrupt.
+- interrupt-parent : interrupt source phandle.
+- fsl,fullspeed-clock : specifies the full speed USB clock source:
+  "none": clock source is disabled
+  "brg1" through "brg16": clock source is BRG1-BRG16, respectively
+  "clk1" through "clk24": clock source is CLK1-CLK24, respectively
+- fsl,lowspeed-clock : specifies the low speed USB clock source:
+  "none": clock source is disabled
+  "brg1" through "brg16": clock source is BRG1-BRG16, respectively
+  "clk1" through "clk24": clock source is CLK1-CLK24, respectively
+- hub-power-budget : USB power budget for the root hub, in mA.
+- gpios : should specify GPIOs in this order: USBOE, USBTP, USBTN, USBRP,
+  USBRN, SPEED (optional), and POWER (optional).
+
+Example:
+
+usb@6c0 {
+        compatible = "fsl,mpc8360-qe-usb", "fsl,mpc8323-qe-usb";
+        reg = <0x6c0 0x40 0x8b00 0x100>;
+        interrupts = <11>;
+        interrupt-parent = <&qeic>;
+        fsl,fullspeed-clock = "clk21";
+        gpios = <&qe_pio_b  2 0 /* USBOE */
+                 &qe_pio_b  3 0 /* USBTP */
+                 &qe_pio_b  8 0 /* USBTN */
+                 &qe_pio_b  9 0 /* USBRP */
+                 &qe_pio_b 11 0 /* USBRN */
+                 &qe_pio_e 20 0 /* SPEED */
+                 &qe_pio_e 21 0 /* POWER */>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/serial.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/serial.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b35f3482e3e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/serial.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+* Serial
+
+Currently defined compatibles:
+- fsl,cpm1-smc-uart
+- fsl,cpm2-smc-uart
+- fsl,cpm1-scc-uart
+- fsl,cpm2-scc-uart
+- fsl,qe-uart
+
+Example:
+
+        serial@11a00 {
+                device_type = "serial";
+                compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-scc-uart",
+                             "fsl,cpm2-scc-uart";
+                reg = <11a00 20 8000 100>;
+                interrupts = <28 8>;
+                interrupt-parent = <&PIC>;
+                fsl,cpm-brg = <1>;
+                fsl,cpm-command = <00800000>;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..deb35de70988
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+* Freescale Display Interface Unit
+
+The Freescale DIU is a LCD controller, with proper hardware, it can also
+drive DVI monitors.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "fsl-diu".
+- reg : should contain at least address and length of the DIU register
+  set.
+- Interrupts : one DIU interrupt should be describe here.
+
+Example (MPC8610HPCD):
+        display@2c000 {
+                compatible = "fsl,diu";
+                reg = <0x2c000 100>;
+                interrupts = <72 2>;
+                interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/dma.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/dma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..86826df00e64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/dma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+* Freescale 83xx DMA Controller
+
+Freescale PowerPC 83xx have on chip general purpose DMA controllers.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible        : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is
+                 "fsl,CHIP-dma", where CHIP is the processor
+                 (mpc8349, mpc8360, etc.) and the second is
+                 "fsl,elo-dma"
+- reg               : <registers mapping for DMA general status reg>
+- ranges                : Should be defined as specified in 1) to describe the
+                  DMA controller channels.
+- cell-index        : controller index.  0 for controller @ 0x8100
+- interrupts        : <interrupt mapping for DMA IRQ>
+- interrupt-parent  : optional, if needed for interrupt mapping
+
+
+- DMA channel nodes:
+        - compatible        : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is
+                         "fsl,CHIP-dma-channel", where CHIP is the processor
+                         (mpc8349, mpc8350, etc.) and the second is
+                         "fsl,elo-dma-channel"
+        - reg               : <registers mapping for channel>
+        - cell-index        : dma channel index starts at 0.
+
+Optional properties:
+        - interrupts        : <interrupt mapping for DMA channel IRQ>
+                          (on 83xx this is expected to be identical to
+                           the interrupts property of the parent node)
+        - interrupt-parent  : optional, if needed for interrupt mapping
+
+Example:
+        dma@82a8 {
+                #address-cells = <1>;
+                #size-cells = <1>;
+                compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma", "fsl,elo-dma";
+                reg = <82a8 4>;
+                ranges = <0 8100 1a4>;
+                interrupt-parent = <&ipic>;
+                interrupts = <47 8>;
+                cell-index = <0>;
+                dma-channel@0 {
+                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma-channel", "fsl,elo-dma-channel";
+                        cell-index = <0>;
+                        reg = <0 80>;
+                };
+                dma-channel@80 {
+                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma-channel", "fsl,elo-dma-channel";
+                        cell-index = <1>;
+                        reg = <80 80>;
+                };
+                dma-channel@100 {
+                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma-channel", "fsl,elo-dma-channel";
+                        cell-index = <2>;
+                        reg = <100 80>;
+                };
+                dma-channel@180 {
+                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma-channel", "fsl,elo-dma-channel";
+                        cell-index = <3>;
+                        reg = <180 80>;
+                };
+        };
+
+* Freescale 85xx/86xx DMA Controller
+
+Freescale PowerPC 85xx/86xx have on chip general purpose DMA controllers.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible        : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is
+                 "fsl,CHIP-dma", where CHIP is the processor
+                 (mpc8540, mpc8540, etc.) and the second is
+                 "fsl,eloplus-dma"
+- reg               : <registers mapping for DMA general status reg>
+- cell-index        : controller index.  0 for controller @ 0x21000,
+                                         1 for controller @ 0xc000
+- ranges                : Should be defined as specified in 1) to describe the
+                  DMA controller channels.
+
+- DMA channel nodes:
+        - compatible        : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is
+                         "fsl,CHIP-dma-channel", where CHIP is the processor
+                         (mpc8540, mpc8560, etc.) and the second is
+                         "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel"
+        - cell-index        : dma channel index starts at 0.
+        - reg               : <registers mapping for channel>
+        - interrupts        : <interrupt mapping for DMA channel IRQ>
+        - interrupt-parent  : optional, if needed for interrupt mapping
+
+Example:
+        dma@21300 {
+                #address-cells = <1>;
+                #size-cells = <1>;
+                compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma", "fsl,eloplus-dma";
+                reg = <21300 4>;
+                ranges = <0 21100 200>;
+                cell-index = <0>;
+                dma-channel@0 {
+                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma-channel", "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel";
+                        reg = <0 80>;
+                        cell-index = <0>;
+                        interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
+                        interrupts = <14 2>;
+                };
+                dma-channel@80 {
+                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma-channel", "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel";
+                        reg = <80 80>;
+                        cell-index = <1>;
+                        interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
+                        interrupts = <15 2>;
+                };
+                dma-channel@100 {
+                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma-channel", "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel";
+                        reg = <100 80>;
+                        cell-index = <2>;
+                        interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
+                        interrupts = <16 2>;
+                };
+                dma-channel@180 {
+                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma-channel", "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel";
+                        reg = <180 80>;
+                        cell-index = <3>;
+                        interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
+                        interrupts = <17 2>;
+                };
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/gtm.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/gtm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9a33efded4bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/gtm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+* Freescale General-purpose Timers Module
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible : should be
+    "fsl,<chip>-gtm", "fsl,gtm" for SOC GTMs
+    "fsl,<chip>-qe-gtm", "fsl,qe-gtm", "fsl,gtm" for QE GTMs
+    "fsl,<chip>-cpm2-gtm", "fsl,cpm2-gtm", "fsl,gtm" for CPM2 GTMs
+  - reg : should contain gtm registers location and length (0x40).
+  - interrupts : should contain four interrupts.
+  - interrupt-parent : interrupt source phandle.
+  - clock-frequency : specifies the frequency driving the timer.
+
+Example:
+
+timer@500 {
+        compatible = "fsl,mpc8360-gtm", "fsl,gtm";
+        reg = <0x500 0x40>;
+        interrupts = <90 8 78 8 84 8 72 8>;
+        interrupt-parent = <&ipic>;
+        /* filled by u-boot */
+        clock-frequency = <0>;
+};
+
+timer@440 {
+        compatible = "fsl,mpc8360-qe-gtm", "fsl,qe-gtm", "fsl,gtm";
+        reg = <0x440 0x40>;
+        interrupts = <12 13 14 15>;
+        interrupt-parent = <&qeic>;
+        /* filled by u-boot */
+        clock-frequency = <0>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/guts.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/guts.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9e7a2417dac5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/guts.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+* Global Utilities Block
+
+The global utilities block controls power management, I/O device
+enabling, power-on-reset configuration monitoring, general-purpose
+I/O signal configuration, alternate function selection for multiplexed
+signals, and clock control.
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible : Should define the compatible device type for
+   global-utilities.
+ - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device.
+
+Recommended properties:
+
+ - fsl,has-rstcr : Indicates that the global utilities register set
+   contains a functioning "reset control register" (i.e. the board
+   is wired to reset upon setting the HRESET_REQ bit in this register).
+
+Example:
+        global-utilities@e0000 {        /* global utilities block */
+                compatible = "fsl,mpc8548-guts";
+                reg = <e0000 1000>;
+                fsl,has-rstcr;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d0ab33e21fe6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+* I2C
+
+Required properties :
+
+ - device_type : Should be "i2c"
+ - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+
+Recommended properties :
+
+ - compatible : Should be "fsl-i2c" for parts compatible with
+   Freescale I2C specifications.
+ - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a
+   field that represents an encoding of the sense and level
+   information for the interrupt.  This should be encoded based on
+   the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt
+   controller you have.
+ - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
+   services interrupts for this device.
+ - dfsrr : boolean; if defined, indicates that this I2C device has
+   a digital filter sampling rate register
+ - fsl5200-clocking : boolean; if defined, indicated that this device
+   uses the FSL 5200 clocking mechanism.
+
+Example :
+        i2c@3000 {
+                interrupt-parent = <40000>;
+                interrupts = <1b 3>;
+                reg = <3000 18>;
+                device_type = "i2c";
+                compatible  = "fsl-i2c";
+                dfsrr;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/lbc.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/lbc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3300fec501c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/lbc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+* Chipselect/Local Bus
+
+Properties:
+- name : Should be localbus
+- #address-cells : Should be either two or three.  The first cell is the
+                   chipselect number, and the remaining cells are the
+                   offset into the chipselect.
+- #size-cells : Either one or two, depending on how large each chipselect
+                can be.
+- ranges : Each range corresponds to a single chipselect, and cover
+           the entire access window as configured.
+
+Example:
+        localbus@f0010100 {
+                compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-localbus",
+                           "fsl,pq2-localbus";
+                #address-cells = <2>;
+                #size-cells = <1>;
+                reg = <f0010100 40>;
+
+                ranges = <0 0 fe000000 02000000
+                          1 0 f4500000 00008000>;
+
+                flash@0,0 {
+                        compatible = "jedec-flash";
+                        reg = <0 0 2000000>;
+                        bank-width = <4>;
+                        device-width = <1>;
+                };
+
+                board-control@1,0 {
+                        reg = <1 0 20>;
+                        compatible = "fsl,mpc8272ads-bcsr";
+                };
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mcu-mpc8349emitx.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mcu-mpc8349emitx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0f766333b6eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mcu-mpc8349emitx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Freescale MPC8349E-mITX-compatible Power Management Micro Controller Unit (MCU)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "fsl,<mcu-chip>-<board>", "fsl,mcu-mpc8349emitx".
+- reg : should specify I2C address (0x0a).
+- #gpio-cells : should be 2.
+- gpio-controller : should be present.
+
+Example:
+
+mcu@0a {
+        #gpio-cells = <2>;
+        compatible = "fsl,mc9s08qg8-mpc8349emitx",
+                     "fsl,mcu-mpc8349emitx";
+        reg = <0x0a>;
+        gpio-controller;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/msi-pic.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/msi-pic.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b26b91992c55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/msi-pic.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+* Freescale MSI interrupt controller
+
+Reguired properities:
+- compatible : compatible list, contains 2 entries,
+  first is "fsl,CHIP-msi", where CHIP is the processor(mpc8610, mpc8572,
+  etc.) and the second is "fsl,mpic-msi" or "fsl,ipic-msi" depending on
+  the parent type.
+- reg : should contain the address and the length of the shared message
+  interrupt register set.
+- msi-available-ranges: use <start count> style section to define which
+  msi interrupt can be used in the 256 msi interrupts. This property is
+  optional, without this, all the 256 MSI interrupts can be used.
+- interrupts : each one of the interrupts here is one entry per 32 MSIs,
+  and routed to the host interrupt controller. the interrupts should
+  be set as edge sensitive.
+- interrupt-parent: the phandle for the interrupt controller
+  that services interrupts for this device. for 83xx cpu, the interrupts
+  are routed to IPIC, and for 85xx/86xx cpu the interrupts are routed
+  to MPIC.
+
+Example:
+        msi@41600 {
+                compatible = "fsl,mpc8610-msi", "fsl,mpic-msi";
+                reg = <0x41600 0x80>;
+                msi-available-ranges = <0 0x100>;
+                interrupts = <
+                        0xe0 0
+                        0xe1 0
+                        0xe2 0
+                        0xe3 0
+                        0xe4 0
+                        0xe5 0
+                        0xe6 0
+                        0xe7 0>;
+                interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/pmc.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/pmc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..02f6f43ee1b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/pmc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+* Power Management Controller
+
+Properties:
+- compatible: "fsl,<chip>-pmc".
+
+  "fsl,mpc8349-pmc" should be listed for any chip whose PMC is
+  compatible.  "fsl,mpc8313-pmc" should also be listed for any chip
+  whose PMC is compatible, and implies deep-sleep capability.
+
+  "fsl,mpc8548-pmc" should be listed for any chip whose PMC is
+  compatible.  "fsl,mpc8536-pmc" should also be listed for any chip
+  whose PMC is compatible, and implies deep-sleep capability.
+
+  "fsl,mpc8641d-pmc" should be listed for any chip whose PMC is
+  compatible; all statements below that apply to "fsl,mpc8548-pmc" also
+  apply to "fsl,mpc8641d-pmc".
+
+  Compatibility does not include bit assigments in SCCR/PMCDR/DEVDISR; these
+  bit assigments are indicated via the sleep specifier in each device's
+  sleep property.
+
+- reg: For devices compatible with "fsl,mpc8349-pmc", the first resource
+  is the PMC block, and the second resource is the Clock Configuration
+  block.
+
+  For devices compatible with "fsl,mpc8548-pmc", the first resource
+  is a 32-byte block beginning with DEVDISR.
+
+- interrupts: For "fsl,mpc8349-pmc"-compatible devices, the first
+  resource is the PMC block interrupt.
+
+- fsl,mpc8313-wakeup-timer: For "fsl,mpc8313-pmc"-compatible devices,
+  this is a phandle to an "fsl,gtm" node on which timer 4 can be used as
+  a wakeup source from deep sleep.
+
+Sleep specifiers:
+
+  fsl,mpc8349-pmc: Sleep specifiers consist of one cell.  For each bit
+  that is set in the cell, the corresponding bit in SCCR will be saved
+  and cleared on suspend, and restored on resume.  This sleep controller
+  supports disabling and resuming devices at any time.
+
+  fsl,mpc8536-pmc: Sleep specifiers consist of three cells, the third of
+  which will be ORed into PMCDR upon suspend, and cleared from PMCDR
+  upon resume.  The first two cells are as described for fsl,mpc8578-pmc.
+  This sleep controller only supports disabling devices during system
+  sleep, or permanently.
+
+  fsl,mpc8548-pmc: Sleep specifiers consist of one or two cells, the
+  first of which will be ORed into DEVDISR (and the second into
+  DEVDISR2, if present -- this cell should be zero or absent if the
+  hardware does not have DEVDISR2) upon a request for permanent device
+  disabling.  This sleep controller does not support configuring devices
+  to disable during system sleep (unless supported by another compatible
+  match), or dynamically.
+
+Example:
+
+        power@b00 {
+                compatible = "fsl,mpc8313-pmc", "fsl,mpc8349-pmc";
+                reg = <0xb00 0x100 0xa00 0x100>;
+                interrupts = <80 8>;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sata.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sata.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b46bcf46c3d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sata.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+* Freescale 8xxx/3.0 Gb/s SATA nodes
+
+SATA nodes are defined to describe on-chip Serial ATA controllers.
+Each SATA port should have its own node.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible        : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is
+                 "fsl,CHIP-sata", where CHIP is the processor
+                 (mpc8315, mpc8379, etc.) and the second is
+                 "fsl,pq-sata"
+- interrupts        : <interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ>
+- cell-index        : controller index.
+                          1 for controller @ 0x18000
+                          2 for controller @ 0x19000
+                          3 for controller @ 0x1a000
+                          4 for controller @ 0x1b000
+
+Optional properties:
+- interrupt-parent  : optional, if needed for interrupt mapping
+- reg               : <registers mapping>
+
+Example:
+        sata@18000 {
+                compatible = "fsl,mpc8379-sata", "fsl,pq-sata";
+                reg = <0x18000 0x1000>;
+                cell-index = <1>;
+                interrupts = <2c 8>;
+                interrupt-parent = < &ipic >;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sec.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sec.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2b6f2d45c45a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sec.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+Freescale SoC SEC Security Engines
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : Should contain entries for this and backward compatible
+  SEC versions, high to low, e.g., "fsl,sec2.1", "fsl,sec2.0"
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+- interrupts : the SEC's interrupt number
+- fsl,num-channels : An integer representing the number of channels
+  available.
+- fsl,channel-fifo-len : An integer representing the number of
+  descriptor pointers each channel fetch fifo can hold.
+- fsl,exec-units-mask : The bitmask representing what execution units
+  (EUs) are available. It's a single 32-bit cell. EU information
+  should be encoded following the SEC's Descriptor Header Dword
+  EU_SEL0 field documentation, i.e. as follows:
+
+        bit 0  = reserved - should be 0
+        bit 1  = set if SEC has the ARC4 EU (AFEU)
+        bit 2  = set if SEC has the DES/3DES EU (DEU)
+        bit 3  = set if SEC has the message digest EU (MDEU/MDEU-A)
+        bit 4  = set if SEC has the random number generator EU (RNG)
+        bit 5  = set if SEC has the public key EU (PKEU)
+        bit 6  = set if SEC has the AES EU (AESU)
+        bit 7  = set if SEC has the Kasumi EU (KEU)
+        bit 8  = set if SEC has the CRC EU (CRCU)
+        bit 11 = set if SEC has the message digest EU extended alg set (MDEU-B)
+
+remaining bits are reserved for future SEC EUs.
+
+- fsl,descriptor-types-mask : The bitmask representing what descriptors
+  are available. It's a single 32-bit cell. Descriptor type information
+  should be encoded following the SEC's Descriptor Header Dword DESC_TYPE
+  field documentation, i.e. as follows:
+
+        bit 0  = set if SEC supports the aesu_ctr_nonsnoop desc. type
+        bit 1  = set if SEC supports the ipsec_esp descriptor type
+        bit 2  = set if SEC supports the common_nonsnoop desc. type
+        bit 3  = set if SEC supports the 802.11i AES ccmp desc. type
+        bit 4  = set if SEC supports the hmac_snoop_no_afeu desc. type
+        bit 5  = set if SEC supports the srtp descriptor type
+        bit 6  = set if SEC supports the non_hmac_snoop_no_afeu desc.type
+        bit 7  = set if SEC supports the pkeu_assemble descriptor type
+        bit 8  = set if SEC supports the aesu_key_expand_output desc.type
+        bit 9  = set if SEC supports the pkeu_ptmul descriptor type
+        bit 10 = set if SEC supports the common_nonsnoop_afeu desc. type
+        bit 11 = set if SEC supports the pkeu_ptadd_dbl descriptor type
+
+  ..and so on and so forth.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
+  services interrupts for this device.
+
+Example:
+
+        /* MPC8548E */
+        crypto@30000 {
+                compatible = "fsl,sec2.1", "fsl,sec2.0";
+                reg = <0x30000 0x10000>;
+                interrupts = <29 2>;
+                interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
+                fsl,num-channels = <4>;
+                fsl,channel-fifo-len = <24>;
+                fsl,exec-units-mask = <0xfe>;
+                fsl,descriptor-types-mask = <0x12b0ebf>;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/spi.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/spi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e7d9a344c4f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/spi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+* SPI (Serial Peripheral Interface)
+
+Required properties:
+- cell-index : SPI controller index.
+- compatible : should be "fsl,spi".
+- mode : the SPI operation mode, it can be "cpu" or "cpu-qe".
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+- interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a
+  field that represents an encoding of the sense and level
+  information for the interrupt.  This should be encoded based on
+  the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt
+  controller you have.
+- interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
+  services interrupts for this device.
+
+Example:
+        spi@4c0 {
+                cell-index = <0>;
+                compatible = "fsl,spi";
+                reg = <4c0 40>;
+                interrupts = <82 0>;
+                interrupt-parent = <700>;
+                mode = "cpu";
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/ssi.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/ssi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d100555d488a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/ssi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+Freescale Synchronous Serial Interface
+
+The SSI is a serial device that communicates with audio codecs.  It can
+be programmed in AC97, I2S, left-justified, or right-justified modes.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible      : compatible list, containing "fsl,ssi"
+- cell-index      : the SSI, <0> = SSI1, <1> = SSI2, and so on
+- reg             : offset and length of the register set for the device
+- interrupts      : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a
+                     field that represents an encoding of the sense and
+                    level information for the interrupt.  This should be
+                    encoded based on the information in section 2)
+                    depending on the type of interrupt controller you
+                    have.
+- interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
+                     services interrupts for this device.
+- fsl,mode        : the operating mode for the SSI interface
+                    "i2s-slave" - I2S mode, SSI is clock slave
+                    "i2s-master" - I2S mode, SSI is clock master
+                    "lj-slave" - left-justified mode, SSI is clock slave
+                    "lj-master" - l.j. mode, SSI is clock master
+                    "rj-slave" - right-justified mode, SSI is clock slave
+                    "rj-master" - r.j., SSI is clock master
+                    "ac97-slave" - AC97 mode, SSI is clock slave
+                    "ac97-master" - AC97 mode, SSI is clock master
+
+Optional properties:
+- codec-handle    : phandle to a 'codec' node that defines an audio
+                    codec connected to this SSI.  This node is typically
+                    a child of an I2C or other control node.
+
+Child 'codec' node required properties:
+- compatible      : compatible list, contains the name of the codec
+
+Child 'codec' node optional properties:
+- clock-frequency  : The frequency of the input clock, which typically
+                     comes from an on-board dedicated oscillator.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/tsec.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/tsec.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..cf55fa4112d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/tsec.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+* MDIO IO device
+
+The MDIO is a bus to which the PHY devices are connected.  For each
+device that exists on this bus, a child node should be created.  See
+the definition of the PHY node below for an example of how to define
+a PHY.
+
+Required properties:
+  - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+  - compatible : Should define the compatible device type for the
+    mdio.  Currently, this is most likely to be "fsl,gianfar-mdio"
+
+Example:
+
+        mdio@24520 {
+                reg = <24520 20>;
+                compatible = "fsl,gianfar-mdio";
+
+                ethernet-phy@0 {
+                        ......
+                };
+        };
+
+
+* Gianfar-compatible ethernet nodes
+
+Properties:
+
+  - device_type : Should be "network"
+  - model : Model of the device.  Can be "TSEC", "eTSEC", or "FEC"
+  - compatible : Should be "gianfar"
+  - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+  - local-mac-address : List of bytes representing the ethernet address of
+    this controller
+  - interrupts : For FEC devices, the first interrupt is the device's
+    interrupt.  For TSEC and eTSEC devices, the first interrupt is
+    transmit, the second is receive, and the third is error.
+  - phy-handle : The phandle for the PHY connected to this ethernet
+    controller.
+  - fixed-link : <a b c d e> where a is emulated phy id - choose any,
+    but unique to the all specified fixed-links, b is duplex - 0 half,
+    1 full, c is link speed - d#10/d#100/d#1000, d is pause - 0 no
+    pause, 1 pause, e is asym_pause - 0 no asym_pause, 1 asym_pause.
+  - phy-connection-type : a string naming the controller/PHY interface type,
+    i.e., "mii" (default), "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii", "rgmii-id", "sgmii",
+    "tbi", or "rtbi".  This property is only really needed if the connection
+    is of type "rgmii-id", as all other connection types are detected by
+    hardware.
+  - fsl,magic-packet : If present, indicates that the hardware supports
+    waking up via magic packet.
+
+Example:
+        ethernet@24000 {
+                device_type = "network";
+                model = "TSEC";
+                compatible = "gianfar";
+                reg = <0x24000 0x1000>;
+                local-mac-address = [ 00 E0 0C 00 73 00 ];
+                interrupts = <29 2 30 2 34 2>;
+                interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
+                phy-handle = <&phy0>
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/upm-nand.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/upm-nand.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..84a04d5eb8e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/upm-nand.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+Freescale Localbus UPM programmed to work with NAND flash
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "fsl,upm-nand".
+- reg : should specify localbus chip select and size used for the chip.
+- fsl,upm-addr-offset : UPM pattern offset for the address latch.
+- fsl,upm-cmd-offset : UPM pattern offset for the command latch.
+- gpios : may specify optional GPIO connected to the Ready-Not-Busy pin.
+
+Example:
+
+upm@1,0 {
+        compatible = "fsl,upm-nand";
+        reg = <1 0 1>;
+        fsl,upm-addr-offset = <16>;
+        fsl,upm-cmd-offset = <8>;
+        gpios = <&qe_pio_e 18 0>;
+
+        flash {
+                #address-cells = <1>;
+                #size-cells = <1>;
+                compatible = "...";
+
+                partition@0 {
+                        ...
+                };
+        };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/usb.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/usb.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b00152402694
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/usb.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+Freescale SOC USB controllers
+
+The device node for a USB controller that is part of a Freescale
+SOC is as described in the document "Open Firmware Recommended
+Practice : Universal Serial Bus" with the following modifications
+and additions :
+
+Required properties :
+ - compatible : Should be "fsl-usb2-mph" for multi port host USB
+   controllers, or "fsl-usb2-dr" for dual role USB controllers
+ - phy_type : For multi port host USB controllers, should be one of
+   "ulpi", or "serial". For dual role USB controllers, should be
+   one of "ulpi", "utmi", "utmi_wide", or "serial".
+ - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+ - port0 : boolean; if defined, indicates port0 is connected for
+   fsl-usb2-mph compatible controllers.  Either this property or
+   "port1" (or both) must be defined for "fsl-usb2-mph" compatible
+   controllers.
+ - port1 : boolean; if defined, indicates port1 is connected for
+   fsl-usb2-mph compatible controllers.  Either this property or
+   "port0" (or both) must be defined for "fsl-usb2-mph" compatible
+   controllers.
+ - dr_mode : indicates the working mode for "fsl-usb2-dr" compatible
+   controllers.  Can be "host", "peripheral", or "otg".  Default to
+   "host" if not defined for backward compatibility.
+
+Recommended properties :
+ - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a
+   field that represents an encoding of the sense and level
+   information for the interrupt.  This should be encoded based on
+   the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt
+   controller you have.
+ - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
+   services interrupts for this device.
+
+Example multi port host USB controller device node :
+        usb@22000 {
+                compatible = "fsl-usb2-mph";
+                reg = <22000 1000>;
+                #address-cells = <1>;
+                #size-cells = <0>;
+                interrupt-parent = <700>;
+                interrupts = <27 1>;
+                phy_type = "ulpi";
+                port0;
+                port1;
+        };
+
+Example dual role USB controller device node :
+        usb@23000 {
+                compatible = "fsl-usb2-dr";
+                reg = <23000 1000>;
+                #address-cells = <1>;
+                #size-cells = <0>;
+                interrupt-parent = <700>;
+                interrupts = <26 1>;
+                dr_mode = "otg";
+                phy = "ulpi";
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/gpio/led.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/gpio/led.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ff51f4c0fa9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/gpio/led.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+LED connected to GPIO
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "gpio-led".
+- label : (optional) the label for this LED. If omitted, the label is
+  taken from the node name (excluding the unit address).
+- gpios : should specify LED GPIO.
+
+Example:
+
+led@0 {
+        compatible = "gpio-led";
+        label = "hdd";
+        gpios = <&mcu_pio 0 1>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/rfkill.txt b/Documentation/rfkill.txt
index a83ff23cd68c..0843ed0163a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/rfkill.txt
+++ b/Documentation/rfkill.txt
@@ -1,89 +1,528 @@
 rfkill - RF switch subsystem support
 ====================================
 
-1 Implementation details
-2 Driver support
-3 Userspace support
+1 Introduction
+2 Implementation details
+3 Kernel driver guidelines
+3.1 wireless device drivers
+3.2 platform/switch drivers
+3.3 input device drivers
+4 Kernel API
+5 Userspace support
 
-===============================================================================
-1: Implementation details
 
-The rfkill switch subsystem offers support for keys often found on laptops
-to enable wireless devices like WiFi and Bluetooth.
+1. Introduction:
+
+The rfkill switch subsystem exists to add a generic interface to circuitry that
+can enable or disable the signal output of a wireless *transmitter* of any
+type.  By far, the most common use is to disable radio-frequency transmitters.
 
-This is done by providing the user 3 possibilities:
- 1 - The rfkill system handles all events; userspace is not aware of events.
- 2 - The rfkill system handles all events; userspace is informed about the events.
- 3 - The rfkill system does not handle events; userspace handles all events.
+Note that disabling the signal output means that the the transmitter is to be
+made to not emit any energy when "blocked".  rfkill is not about blocking data
+transmissions, it is about blocking energy emission.
 
-The buttons to enable and disable the wireless radios are important in
+The rfkill subsystem offers support for keys and switches often found on
+laptops to enable wireless devices like WiFi and Bluetooth, so that these keys
+and switches actually perform an action in all wireless devices of a given type
+attached to the system.
+
+The buttons to enable and disable the wireless transmitters are important in
 situations where the user is for example using his laptop on a location where
-wireless radios _must_ be disabled (e.g. airplanes).
-Because of this requirement, userspace support for the keys should not be
-made mandatory. Because userspace might want to perform some additional smarter
-tasks when the key is pressed, rfkill still provides userspace the possibility
-to take over the task to handle the key events.
+radio-frequency transmitters _must_ be disabled (e.g. airplanes).
+
+Because of this requirement, userspace support for the keys should not be made
+mandatory.  Because userspace might want to perform some additional smarter
+tasks when the key is pressed, rfkill provides userspace the possibility to
+take over the task to handle the key events.
+
+===============================================================================
+2: Implementation details
+
+The rfkill subsystem is composed of various components: the rfkill class, the
+rfkill-input module (an input layer handler), and some specific input layer
+events.
+
+The rfkill class provides kernel drivers with an interface that allows them to
+know when they should enable or disable a wireless network device transmitter.
+This is enabled by the CONFIG_RFKILL Kconfig option.
+
+The rfkill class support makes sure userspace will be notified of all state
+changes on rfkill devices through uevents.  It provides a notification chain
+for interested parties in the kernel to also get notified of rfkill state
+changes in other drivers.  It creates several sysfs entries which can be used
+by userspace.  See section "Userspace support".
+
+The rfkill-input module provides the kernel with the ability to implement a
+basic response when the user presses a key or button (or toggles a switch)
+related to rfkill functionality.  It is an in-kernel implementation of default
+policy of reacting to rfkill-related input events and neither mandatory nor
+required for wireless drivers to operate.  It is enabled by the
+CONFIG_RFKILL_INPUT Kconfig option.
+
+rfkill-input is a rfkill-related events input layer handler.  This handler will
+listen to all rfkill key events and will change the rfkill state of the
+wireless devices accordingly.  With this option enabled userspace could either
+do nothing or simply perform monitoring tasks.
+
+The rfkill-input module also provides EPO (emergency power-off) functionality
+for all wireless transmitters.  This function cannot be overridden, and it is
+always active.  rfkill EPO is related to *_RFKILL_ALL input layer events.
+
+
+Important terms for the rfkill subsystem:
+
+In order to avoid confusion, we avoid the term "switch" in rfkill when it is
+referring to an electronic control circuit that enables or disables a
+transmitter.  We reserve it for the physical device a human manipulates
+(which is an input device, by the way):
+
+rfkill switch:
+
+        A physical device a human manipulates.  Its state can be perceived by
+        the kernel either directly (through a GPIO pin, ACPI GPE) or by its
+        effect on a rfkill line of a wireless device.
+
+rfkill controller:
+
+        A hardware circuit that controls the state of a rfkill line, which a
+        kernel driver can interact with *to modify* that state (i.e. it has
+        either write-only or read/write access).
+
+rfkill line:
+
+        An input channel (hardware or software) of a wireless device, which
+        causes a wireless transmitter to stop emitting energy (BLOCK) when it
+        is active.  Point of view is extremely important here: rfkill lines are
+        always seen from the PoV of a wireless device (and its driver).
+
+soft rfkill line/software rfkill line:
+
+        A rfkill line the wireless device driver can directly change the state
+        of.  Related to rfkill_state RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED.
+
+hard rfkill line/hardware rfkill line:
+
+        A rfkill line that works fully in hardware or firmware, and that cannot
+        be overridden by the kernel driver.  The hardware device or the
+        firmware just exports its status to the driver, but it is read-only.
+        Related to rfkill_state RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED.
+
+The enum rfkill_state describes the rfkill state of a transmitter:
+
+When a rfkill line or rfkill controller is in the RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED state,
+the wireless transmitter (radio TX circuit for example) is *enabled*.  When the
+it is in the RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED or RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED, the
+wireless transmitter is to be *blocked* from operating.
+
+RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED indicates that a call to toggle_radio() can change
+that state.  RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED indicates that a call to toggle_radio()
+will not be able to change the state and will return with a suitable error if
+attempts are made to set the state to RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED.
+
+RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED is used by drivers to signal that the device is
+locked in the BLOCKED state by a hardwire rfkill line (typically an input pin
+that, when active, forces the transmitter to be disabled) which the driver
+CANNOT override.
+
+Full rfkill functionality requires two different subsystems to cooperate: the
+input layer and the rfkill class.  The input layer issues *commands* to the
+entire system requesting that devices registered to the rfkill class change
+state.  The way this interaction happens is not complex, but it is not obvious
+either:
+
+Kernel Input layer:
+
+        * Generates KEY_WWAN, KEY_WLAN, KEY_BLUETOOTH, SW_RFKILL_ALL, and
+          other such events when the user presses certain keys, buttons, or
+          toggles certain physical switches.
+
+        THE INPUT LAYER IS NEVER USED TO PROPAGATE STATUS, NOTIFICATIONS OR THE
+        KIND OF STUFF AN ON-SCREEN-DISPLAY APPLICATION WOULD REPORT.  It is
+        used to issue *commands* for the system to change behaviour, and these
+        commands may or may not be carried out by some kernel driver or
+        userspace application.  It follows that doing user feedback based only
+        on input events is broken, as there is no guarantee that an input event
+        will be acted upon.
+
+        Most wireless communication device drivers implementing rfkill
+        functionality MUST NOT generate these events, and have no reason to
+        register themselves with the input layer.  Doing otherwise is a common
+        misconception.  There is an API to propagate rfkill status change
+        information, and it is NOT the input layer.
+
+rfkill class:
+
+        * Calls a hook in a driver to effectively change the wireless
+          transmitter state;
+        * Keeps track of the wireless transmitter state (with help from
+          the driver);
+        * Generates userspace notifications (uevents) and a call to a
+          notification chain (kernel) when there is a wireless transmitter
+          state change;
+        * Connects a wireless communications driver with the common rfkill
+          control system, which, for example, allows actions such as
+          "switch all bluetooth devices offline" to be carried out by
+          userspace or by rfkill-input.
+
+        THE RFKILL CLASS NEVER ISSUES INPUT EVENTS.  THE RFKILL CLASS DOES
+        NOT LISTEN TO INPUT EVENTS.  NO DRIVER USING THE RFKILL CLASS SHALL
+        EVER LISTEN TO, OR ACT ON RFKILL INPUT EVENTS.  Doing otherwise is
+        a layering violation.
+
+        Most wireless data communication drivers in the kernel have just to
+        implement the rfkill class API to work properly.  Interfacing to the
+        input layer is not often required (and is very often a *bug*) on
+        wireless drivers.
+
+        Platform drivers often have to attach to the input layer to *issue*
+        (but never to listen to) rfkill events for rfkill switches, and also to
+        the rfkill class to export a control interface for the platform rfkill
+        controllers to the rfkill subsystem.  This does NOT mean the rfkill
+        switch is attached to a rfkill class (doing so is almost always wrong).
+        It just means the same kernel module is the driver for different
+        devices (rfkill switches and rfkill controllers).
+
+
+Userspace input handlers (uevents) or kernel input handlers (rfkill-input):
+
+        * Implements the policy of what should happen when one of the input
+          layer events related to rfkill operation is received.
+        * Uses the sysfs interface (userspace) or private rfkill API calls
+          to tell the devices registered with the rfkill class to change
+          their state (i.e. translates the input layer event into real
+          action).
+        * rfkill-input implements EPO by handling EV_SW SW_RFKILL_ALL 0
+          (power off all transmitters) in a special way: it ignores any
+          overrides and local state cache and forces all transmitters to the
+          RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED state (including those which are already
+          supposed to be BLOCKED).  Note that the opposite event (power on all
+          transmitters) is handled normally.
+
+Userspace uevent handler or kernel platform-specific drivers hooked to the
+rfkill notifier chain:
+
+        * Taps into the rfkill notifier chain or to KOBJ_CHANGE uevents,
+          in order to know when a device that is registered with the rfkill
+          class changes state;
+        * Issues feedback notifications to the user;
+        * In the rare platforms where this is required, synthesizes an input
+          event to command all *OTHER* rfkill devices to also change their
+          statues when a specific rfkill device changes state.
+
+
+===============================================================================
+3: Kernel driver guidelines
+
+Remember: point-of-view is everything for a driver that connects to the rfkill
+subsystem.  All the details below must be measured/perceived from the point of
+view of the specific driver being modified.
+
+The first thing one needs to know is whether his driver should be talking to
+the rfkill class or to the input layer.  In rare cases (platform drivers), it
+could happen that you need to do both, as platform drivers often handle a
+variety of devices in the same driver.
+
+Do not mistake input devices for rfkill controllers.  The only type of "rfkill
+switch" device that is to be registered with the rfkill class are those
+directly controlling the circuits that cause a wireless transmitter to stop
+working (or the software equivalent of them), i.e. what we call a rfkill
+controller.  Every other kind of "rfkill switch" is just an input device and
+MUST NOT be registered with the rfkill class.
+
+A driver should register a device with the rfkill class when ALL of the
+following conditions are met (they define a rfkill controller):
+
+1. The device is/controls a data communications wireless transmitter;
+
+2. The kernel can interact with the hardware/firmware to CHANGE the wireless
+   transmitter state (block/unblock TX operation);
+
+3. The transmitter can be made to not emit any energy when "blocked":
+   rfkill is not about blocking data transmissions, it is about blocking
+   energy emission;
+
+A driver should register a device with the input subsystem to issue
+rfkill-related events (KEY_WLAN, KEY_BLUETOOTH, KEY_WWAN, KEY_WIMAX,
+SW_RFKILL_ALL, etc) when ALL of the folowing conditions are met:
+
+1. It is directly related to some physical device the user interacts with, to
+   command the O.S./firmware/hardware to enable/disable a data communications
+   wireless transmitter.
+
+   Examples of the physical device are: buttons, keys and switches the user
+   will press/touch/slide/switch to enable or disable the wireless
+   communication device.
+
+2. It is NOT slaved to another device, i.e. there is no other device that
+   issues rfkill-related input events in preference to this one.
 
-The system inside the kernel has been split into 2 separate sections:
-        1 - RFKILL
-        2 - RFKILL_INPUT
+   Please refer to the corner cases and examples section for more details.
 
-The first option enables rfkill support and will make sure userspace will
-be notified of any events through the input device. It also creates several
-sysfs entries which can be used by userspace. See section "Userspace support".
+When in doubt, do not issue input events.  For drivers that should generate
+input events in some platforms, but not in others (e.g. b43), the best solution
+is to NEVER generate input events in the first place.  That work should be
+deferred to a platform-specific kernel module (which will know when to generate
+events through the rfkill notifier chain) or to userspace.  This avoids the
+usual maintenance problems with DMI whitelisting.
 
-The second option provides an rfkill input handler. This handler will
-listen to all rfkill key events and will toggle the radio accordingly.
-With this option enabled userspace could either do nothing or simply
-perform monitoring tasks.
 
+Corner cases and examples:
 ====================================
-2: Driver support
 
-To build a driver with rfkill subsystem support, the driver should
-depend on the Kconfig symbol RFKILL; it should _not_ depend on
-RKFILL_INPUT.
+1. If the device is an input device that, because of hardware or firmware,
+causes wireless transmitters to be blocked regardless of the kernel's will, it
+is still just an input device, and NOT to be registered with the rfkill class.
 
-Unless key events trigger an interrupt to which the driver listens, polling
-will be required to determine the key state changes. For this the input
-layer providers the input-polldev handler.
+2. If the wireless transmitter switch control is read-only, it is an input
+device and not to be registered with the rfkill class (and maybe not to be made
+an input layer event source either, see below).
 
-A driver should implement a few steps to correctly make use of the
-rfkill subsystem. First for non-polling drivers:
+3. If there is some other device driver *closer* to the actual hardware the
+user interacted with (the button/switch/key) to issue an input event, THAT is
+the device driver that should be issuing input events.
 
-        - rfkill_allocate()
-        - input_allocate_device()
-        - rfkill_register()
-        - input_register_device()
+E.g:
+  [RFKILL slider switch] -- [GPIO hardware] -- [WLAN card rf-kill input]
+                           (platform driver)    (wireless card driver)
+
+The user is closer to the RFKILL slide switch plaform driver, so the driver
+which must issue input events is the platform driver looking at the GPIO
+hardware, and NEVER the wireless card driver (which is just a slave).  It is
+very likely that there are other leaves than just the WLAN card rf-kill input
+(e.g. a bluetooth card, etc)...
+
+On the other hand, some embedded devices do this:
+
+  [RFKILL slider switch] -- [WLAN card rf-kill input]
+                             (wireless card driver)
+
+In this situation, the wireless card driver *could* register itself as an input
+device and issue rf-kill related input events... but in order to AVOID the need
+for DMI whitelisting, the wireless card driver does NOT do it.  Userspace (HAL)
+or a platform driver (that exists only on these embedded devices) will do the
+dirty job of issuing the input events.
+
+
+COMMON MISTAKES in kernel drivers, related to rfkill:
+====================================
+
+1. NEVER confuse input device keys and buttons with input device switches.
+
+  1a. Switches are always set or reset.  They report the current state
+      (on position or off position).
+
+  1b. Keys and buttons are either in the pressed or not-pressed state, and
+      that's it.  A "button" that latches down when you press it, and
+      unlatches when you press it again is in fact a switch as far as input
+      devices go.
+
+Add the SW_* events you need for switches, do NOT try to emulate a button using
+KEY_* events just because there is no such SW_* event yet.  Do NOT try to use,
+for example, KEY_BLUETOOTH when you should be using SW_BLUETOOTH instead.
+
+2. Input device switches (sources of EV_SW events) DO store their current state
+(so you *must* initialize it by issuing a gratuitous input layer event on
+driver start-up and also when resuming from sleep), and that state CAN be
+queried from userspace through IOCTLs.  There is no sysfs interface for this,
+but that doesn't mean you should break things trying to hook it to the rfkill
+class to get a sysfs interface :-)
+
+3. Do not issue *_RFKILL_ALL events by default, unless you are sure it is the
+correct event for your switch/button.  These events are emergency power-off
+events when they are trying to turn the transmitters off.  An example of an
+input device which SHOULD generate *_RFKILL_ALL events is the wireless-kill
+switch in a laptop which is NOT a hotkey, but a real switch that kills radios
+in hardware, even if the O.S. has gone to lunch.  An example of an input device
+which SHOULD NOT generate *_RFKILL_ALL events by default, is any sort of hot
+key that does nothing by itself, as well as any hot key that is type-specific
+(e.g. the one for WLAN).
+
+
+3.1 Guidelines for wireless device drivers
+------------------------------------------
+
+1. Each independent transmitter in a wireless device (usually there is only one
+transmitter per device) should have a SINGLE rfkill class attached to it.
+
+2. If the device does not have any sort of hardware assistance to allow the
+driver to rfkill the device, the driver should emulate it by taking all actions
+required to silence the transmitter.
+
+3. If it is impossible to silence the transmitter (i.e. it still emits energy,
+even if it is just in brief pulses, when there is no data to transmit and there
+is no hardware support to turn it off) do NOT lie to the users.  Do not attach
+it to a rfkill class.  The rfkill subsystem does not deal with data
+transmission, it deals with energy emission.  If the transmitter is emitting
+energy, it is not blocked in rfkill terms.
+
+4. It doesn't matter if the device has multiple rfkill input lines affecting
+the same transmitter, their combined state is to be exported as a single state
+per transmitter (see rule 1).
+
+This rule exists because users of the rfkill subsystem expect to get (and set,
+when possible) the overall transmitter rfkill state, not of a particular rfkill
+line.
+
+Example of a WLAN wireless driver connected to the rfkill subsystem:
+--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+A certain WLAN card has one input pin that causes it to block the transmitter
+and makes the status of that input pin available (only for reading!) to the
+kernel driver.  This is a hard rfkill input line (it cannot be overridden by
+the kernel driver).
+
+The card also has one PCI register that, if manipulated by the driver, causes
+it to block the transmitter.  This is a soft rfkill input line.
+
+It has also a thermal protection circuitry that shuts down its transmitter if
+the card overheats, and makes the status of that protection available (only for
+reading!) to the kernel driver.  This is also a hard rfkill input line.
+
+If either one of these rfkill lines are active, the transmitter is blocked by
+the hardware and forced offline.
+
+The driver should allocate and attach to its struct device *ONE* instance of
+the rfkill class (there is only one transmitter).
+
+It can implement the get_state() hook, and return RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED if
+either one of its two hard rfkill input lines are active.  If the two hard
+rfkill lines are inactive, it must return RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED if its soft
+rfkill input line is active.  Only if none of the rfkill input lines are
+active, will it return RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED.
 
-For polling drivers:
+If it doesn't implement the get_state() hook, it must make sure that its calls
+to rfkill_force_state() are enough to keep the status always up-to-date, and it
+must do a rfkill_force_state() on resume from sleep.
 
+Every time the driver gets a notification from the card that one of its rfkill
+lines changed state (polling might be needed on badly designed cards that don't
+generate interrupts for such events), it recomputes the rfkill state as per
+above, and calls rfkill_force_state() to update it.
+
+The driver should implement the toggle_radio() hook, that:
+
+1. Returns an error if one of the hardware rfkill lines are active, and the
+caller asked for RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED.
+
+2. Activates the soft rfkill line if the caller asked for state
+RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED.  It should do this even if one of the hard rfkill
+lines are active, effectively double-blocking the transmitter.
+
+3. Deactivates the soft rfkill line if none of the hardware rfkill lines are
+active and the caller asked for RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED.
+
+===============================================================================
+4: Kernel API
+
+To build a driver with rfkill subsystem support, the driver should depend on
+(or select) the Kconfig symbol RFKILL; it should _not_ depend on RKFILL_INPUT.
+
+The hardware the driver talks to may be write-only (where the current state
+of the hardware is unknown), or read-write (where the hardware can be queried
+about its current state).
+
+The rfkill class will call the get_state hook of a device every time it needs
+to know the *real* current state of the hardware.  This can happen often.
+
+Some hardware provides events when its status changes.  In these cases, it is
+best for the driver to not provide a get_state hook, and instead register the
+rfkill class *already* with the correct status, and keep it updated using
+rfkill_force_state() when it gets an event from the hardware.
+
+There is no provision for a statically-allocated rfkill struct.  You must
+use rfkill_allocate() to allocate one.
+
+You should:
         - rfkill_allocate()
-        - input_allocate_polled_device()
+        - modify rfkill fields (flags, name)
+        - modify state to the current hardware state (THIS IS THE ONLY TIME
+          YOU CAN ACCESS state DIRECTLY)
         - rfkill_register()
-        - input_register_polled_device()
 
-When a key event has been detected, the correct event should be
-sent over the input device which has been registered by the driver.
+The only way to set a device to the RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED state is through
+a suitable return of get_state() or through rfkill_force_state().
 
-====================================
-3: Userspace support
+When a device is in the RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED state, the only way to switch
+it to a different state is through a suitable return of get_state() or through
+rfkill_force_state().
+
+If toggle_radio() is called to set a device to state RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED
+when that device is already at the RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED state, it should
+not return an error.  Instead, it should try to double-block the transmitter,
+so that its state will change from RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED to
+RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED should the hardware blocking cease.
 
-For each key an input device will be created which will send out the correct
-key event when the rfkill key has been pressed.
+Please refer to the source for more documentation.
+
+===============================================================================
+5: Userspace support
+
+rfkill devices issue uevents (with an action of "change"), with the following
+environment variables set:
+
+RFKILL_NAME
+RFKILL_STATE
+RFKILL_TYPE
+
+The ABI for these variables is defined by the sysfs attributes.  It is best
+to take a quick look at the source to make sure of the possible values.
+
+It is expected that HAL will trap those, and bridge them to DBUS, etc.  These
+events CAN and SHOULD be used to give feedback to the user about the rfkill
+status of the system.
+
+Input devices may issue events that are related to rfkill.  These are the
+various KEY_* events and SW_* events supported by rfkill-input.c.
+
+******IMPORTANT******
+When rfkill-input is ACTIVE, userspace is NOT TO CHANGE THE STATE OF AN RFKILL
+SWITCH IN RESPONSE TO AN INPUT EVENT also handled by rfkill-input, unless it
+has set to true the user_claim attribute for that particular switch.  This rule
+is *absolute*; do NOT violate it.
+******IMPORTANT******
+
+Userspace must not assume it is the only source of control for rfkill switches.
+Their state CAN and WILL change due to firmware actions, direct user actions,
+and the rfkill-input EPO override for *_RFKILL_ALL.
+
+When rfkill-input is not active, userspace must initiate a rfkill status
+change by writing to the "state" attribute in order for anything to happen.
+
+Take particular care to implement EV_SW SW_RFKILL_ALL properly.  When that
+switch is set to OFF, *every* rfkill device *MUST* be immediately put into the
+RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED state, no questions asked.
 
 The following sysfs entries will be created:
 
         name: Name assigned by driver to this key (interface or driver name).
         type: Name of the key type ("wlan", "bluetooth", etc).
-        state: Current state of the key. 1: On, 0: Off.
+        state: Current state of the transmitter
+                0: RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED
+                        transmitter is forced off, but one can override it
+                        by a write to the state attribute;
+                1: RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED
+                        transmiter is NOT forced off, and may operate if
+                        all other conditions for such operation are met
+                        (such as interface is up and configured, etc);
+                2: RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED
+                        transmitter is forced off by something outside of
+                        the driver's control.  One cannot set a device to
+                        this state through writes to the state attribute;
         claim: 1: Userspace handles events, 0: Kernel handles events
 
 Both the "state" and "claim" entries are also writable. For the "state" entry
-this means that when 1 or 0 is written all radios, not yet in the requested
-state, will be will be toggled accordingly.
+this means that when 1 or 0 is written, the device rfkill state (if not yet in
+the requested state), will be will be toggled accordingly.
+
 For the "claim" entry writing 1 to it means that the kernel no longer handles
 key events even though RFKILL_INPUT input was enabled. When "claim" has been
 set to 0, userspace should make sure that it listens for the input events or
-check the sysfs "state" entry regularly to correctly perform the required
-tasks when the rkfill key is pressed.
+check the sysfs "state" entry regularly to correctly perform the required tasks
+when the rkfill key is pressed.
+
+A note about input devices and EV_SW events:
+
+In order to know the current state of an input device switch (like
+SW_RFKILL_ALL), you will need to use an IOCTL.  That information is not
+available through sysfs in a generic way at this time, and it is not available
+through the rfkill class AT ALL.
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt
index d16011a8618e..709ca991a451 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt
@@ -56,19 +56,33 @@ Supported Cards/Chipsets
         9005:0285:9005:02d1     Adaptec 5405 (Voodoo40)
         9005:0285:15d9:02d2     SMC     AOC-USAS-S8i-LP
         9005:0285:15d9:02d3     SMC     AOC-USAS-S8iR-LP
-        9005:0285:9005:02d4     Adaptec 2045 (Voodoo04 Lite)
-        9005:0285:9005:02d5     Adaptec 2405 (Voodoo40 Lite)
-        9005:0285:9005:02d6     Adaptec 2445 (Voodoo44 Lite)
-        9005:0285:9005:02d7     Adaptec 2805 (Voodoo80 Lite)
+        9005:0285:9005:02d4     Adaptec ASR-2045 (Voodoo04 Lite)
+        9005:0285:9005:02d5     Adaptec ASR-2405 (Voodoo40 Lite)
+        9005:0285:9005:02d6     Adaptec ASR-2445 (Voodoo44 Lite)
+        9005:0285:9005:02d7     Adaptec ASR-2805 (Voodoo80 Lite)
+        9005:0285:9005:02d8     Adaptec 5405G (Voodoo40 PM)
+        9005:0285:9005:02d9     Adaptec 5445G (Voodoo44 PM)
+        9005:0285:9005:02da     Adaptec 5805G (Voodoo80 PM)
+        9005:0285:9005:02db     Adaptec 5085G (Voodoo08 PM)
+        9005:0285:9005:02dc     Adaptec 51245G (Voodoo124 PM)
+        9005:0285:9005:02dd     Adaptec 51645G (Voodoo164 PM)
+        9005:0285:9005:02de     Adaptec 52445G (Voodoo244 PM)
+        9005:0285:9005:02df     Adaptec ASR-2045G (Voodoo04 Lite PM)
+        9005:0285:9005:02e0     Adaptec ASR-2405G (Voodoo40 Lite PM)
+        9005:0285:9005:02e1     Adaptec ASR-2445G (Voodoo44 Lite PM)
+        9005:0285:9005:02e2     Adaptec ASR-2805G (Voodoo80 Lite PM)
         1011:0046:9005:0364     Adaptec 5400S (Mustang)
+        1011:0046:9005:0365     Adaptec 5400S (Mustang)
         9005:0287:9005:0800     Adaptec Themisto (Jupiter)
         9005:0200:9005:0200     Adaptec Themisto (Jupiter)
         9005:0286:9005:0800     Adaptec Callisto (Jupiter)
         1011:0046:9005:1364     Dell    PERC 2/QC (Quad Channel, Mustang)
+        1011:0046:9005:1365     Dell    PERC 2/QC (Quad Channel, Mustang)
         1028:0001:1028:0001     Dell    PERC 2/Si (Iguana)
         1028:0003:1028:0003     Dell    PERC 3/Si (SlimFast)
         1028:0002:1028:0002     Dell    PERC 3/Di (Opal)
-        1028:0004:1028:0004     Dell    PERC 3/DiF (Iguana)
+        1028:0004:1028:0004     Dell    PERC 3/SiF (Iguana)
+        1028:0004:1028:00d0     Dell    PERC 3/DiF (Iguana)
         1028:0002:1028:00d1     Dell    PERC 3/DiV (Viper)
         1028:0002:1028:00d9     Dell    PERC 3/DiL (Lexus)
         1028:000a:1028:0106     Dell    PERC 3/DiJ (Jaguar)
diff --git a/Documentation/serial/driver b/Documentation/serial/driver
index 88ad615dd338..77ba0afbe4db 100644
--- a/Documentation/serial/driver
+++ b/Documentation/serial/driver
@@ -186,6 +186,17 @@ hardware.
         Locking: port_sem taken.
         Interrupts: caller dependent.
 
+  flush_buffer(port)
+        Flush any write buffers, reset any DMA state and stop any
+        ongoing DMA transfers.
+
+        This will be called whenever the port->info->xmit circular
+        buffer is cleared.
+
+        Locking: port->lock taken.
+        Interrupts: locally disabled.
+        This call must not sleep
+
   set_termios(port,termios,oldtermios)
         Change the port parameters, including word length, parity, stop
         bits.  Update read_status_mask and ignore_status_mask to indicate
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/alsa-driver-api.tmpl b/Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/alsa-driver-api.tmpl
index c4d2e3507af9..9d644f7e241e 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/alsa-driver-api.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/alsa-driver-api.tmpl
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
      <sect1><title>Device Components</title>
 !Esound/core/device.c
      </sect1>
-     <sect1><title>KMOD and Device File Entries</title>
+     <sect1><title>Module requests and Device File Entries</title>
 !Esound/core/sound.c
      </sect1>
      <sect1><title>Memory Management Helpers</title>
diff --git a/Documentation/specialix.txt b/Documentation/specialix.txt
index 4a4b428ce8f6..6eb6f3a3331c 100644
--- a/Documentation/specialix.txt
+++ b/Documentation/specialix.txt
@@ -270,8 +270,8 @@ The pinout of the connectors on the IO8+ is:
 Hardware handshaking issues.
 ============================
 
-The driver can be compiled in two different ways. The default
-("Specialix DTR/RTS pin is RTS" is off) the pin behaves as DTR when
+The driver can be told to operate in two different ways. The default
+behaviour is specialix.sx_rtscts = 0 where the pin behaves as DTR when
 hardware handshaking is off. It behaves as the RTS hardware
 handshaking signal when hardware handshaking is selected.
 
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ cable will either be compatible with hardware handshaking or with
 software handshaking. So switching on the fly is not really an
 option.
 
-I actually prefer to use the "Specialix DTR/RTS pin is RTS" option.
+I actually prefer to use the "specialix.sx_rtscts=1" option.
 This makes the DTR/RTS pin always an RTS pin, and ioctls to
 change DTR are always ignored. I have a cable that is configured
 for this. 
@@ -379,7 +379,5 @@ it doesn't fit in your computer, bring back the card.
             You have to WRITE to the address register to even 
             read-probe a CD186x register. Disable autodetection?
          -- Specialix: any suggestions?
-       - Arbitrary baud rates are not implemented yet. 
-            If you need this, bug me about it. 
 
 
diff --git a/Documentation/sysfs-rules.txt b/Documentation/sysfs-rules.txt
index 80ef562160bb..6049a2a84dda 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysfs-rules.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysfs-rules.txt
@@ -3,9 +3,8 @@ Rules on how to access information in the Linux kernel sysfs
 The kernel-exported sysfs exports internal kernel implementation details
 and depends on internal kernel structures and layout. It is agreed upon
 by the kernel developers that the Linux kernel does not provide a stable
-internal API. As sysfs is a direct export of kernel internal
-structures, the sysfs interface cannot provide a stable interface either;
-it may always change along with internal kernel changes.
+internal API. Therefore, there are aspects of the sysfs interface that
+may not be stable across kernel releases.
 
 To minimize the risk of breaking users of sysfs, which are in most cases
 low-level userspace applications, with a new kernel release, the users
diff --git a/Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt b/Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt
index 621024fd3a18..44d124005bad 100644
--- a/Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt
+++ b/Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt
@@ -305,21 +305,14 @@ driver, like this:
 
 which will result in the needed drivers getting loaded automatically.
 
-   g.  if you are planning on using kerneld to automatically load the 
-module for you, then you need to edit /etc/conf.modules and add the 
+   g.  if you are planning on having the kernel automatically request
+the module for you, then you need to edit /etc/conf.modules and add the
 following lines:
 
         options ixj dspio=0x340 xio=0x330 ixjdebug=0
 
 If you do this, then when you execute an application that uses the
-module kerneld will load the module for you.  Note that to do this,
-you need to have your kernel set to support kerneld.  You can check
-for this by looking at /usr/src/linux/.config and you should see this:
-
-        # Loadable module support
-        #
-        <snip>
-        CONFIG_KMOD=y
+module the kernel will request that it is loaded.
 
   h.  if you want non-root users to be able to read and write to the 
 ixj devices (this is a good idea!) you should do the following:
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.txt b/Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.txt
index 815f5c2301ff..9b22bd14c348 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 
                  Linux Gadget Serial Driver v2.0
                            11/20/2004
+                  (updated 8-May-2008 for v2.3)
 
 
 License and Disclaimer
@@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ Prerequisites
 -------------
 Versions of the gadget serial driver are available for the
 2.4 Linux kernels, but this document assumes you are using
-version 2.0 or later of the gadget serial driver in a 2.6
+version 2.3 or later of the gadget serial driver in a 2.6
 Linux kernel.
 
 This document assumes that you are familiar with Linux and
@@ -40,6 +41,12 @@ standard utilities, use minicom and HyperTerminal, and work with
 USB and serial devices.  It also assumes you configure the Linux
 gadget and usb drivers as modules.
 
+With version 2.3 of the driver, major and minor device nodes are
+no longer statically defined.  Your Linux based system should mount
+sysfs in /sys, and use "mdev" (in Busybox) or "udev" to make the
+/dev nodes matching the sysfs /sys/class/tty files.
+
+
 
 Overview
 --------
@@ -104,15 +111,8 @@ driver.  All this are listed under "USB Gadget Support" when
 configuring the kernel.  Then rebuild and install the kernel or
 modules.
 
-The gadget serial driver uses major number 127, for now.  So you
-will need to create a device node for it, like this:
-
-  mknod /dev/ttygserial c 127 0
-
-You only need to do this once.
-
 Then you must load the gadget serial driver.  To load it as an
-ACM device, do this:
+ACM device (recommended for interoperability), do this:
 
   modprobe g_serial use_acm=1
 
@@ -125,6 +125,23 @@ controller driver.  This must be done each time you reboot the gadget
 side Linux system.  You can add this to the start up scripts, if
 desired.
 
+Your system should use mdev (from busybox) or udev to make the
+device nodes.  After this gadget driver has been set up you should
+then see a /dev/ttyGS0 node:
+
+  # ls -l /dev/ttyGS0 | cat
+  crw-rw----    1 root     root     253,   0 May  8 14:10 /dev/ttyGS0
+  #
+
+Note that the major number (253, above) is system-specific.  If
+you need to create /dev nodes by hand, the right numbers to use
+will be in the /sys/class/tty/ttyGS0/dev file.
+
+When you link this gadget driver early, perhaps even statically,
+you may want to set up an /etc/inittab entry to run "getty" on it.
+The /dev/ttyGS0 line should work like most any other serial port.
+
+
 If gadget serial is loaded as an ACM device you will want to use
 either the Windows or Linux ACM driver on the host side.  If gadget
 serial is loaded as a bulk in/out device, you will want to use the
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/persist.txt b/Documentation/usb/persist.txt
index d56cb1a11550..074b159b77c2 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/persist.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/persist.txt
@@ -81,8 +81,11 @@ re-enumeration shows that the device now attached to that port has the
 same descriptors as before, including the Vendor and Product IDs, then
 the kernel continues to use the same device structure.  In effect, the
 kernel treats the device as though it had merely been reset instead of
-unplugged.  The same thing happens if the host controller is in the
-expected state but a USB device was unplugged and then replugged.
+unplugged.
+
+The same thing happens if the host controller is in the expected state
+but a USB device was unplugged and then replugged, or if a USB device
+fails to carry out a normal resume.
 
 If no device is now attached to the port, or if the descriptors are
 different from what the kernel remembers, then the treatment is what
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/uhci.txt b/Documentation/usb/uhci.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f25952c86c6..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/usb/uhci.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-Specification and Internals for the New UHCI Driver (Whitepaper...)
-
-        brought to you by
-
-        Georg Acher, acher@in.tum.de (executive slave) (base guitar)
-        Deti Fliegl, deti@fliegl.de (executive slave) (lead voice)
-        Thomas Sailer, sailer@ife.ee.ethz.ch (chief consultant) (cheer leader)
- 
-        $Id: README.uhci,v 1.1 1999/12/14 14:03:02 fliegl Exp $
-
-This document and the new uhci sources can be found on
-                http://hotswap.in.tum.de/usb
-
-1. General issues
-
-1.1 Why a new UHCI driver, we already have one?!?
-
-Correct, but its internal structure got more and more mixed up by the (still
-ongoing) efforts to get isochronous transfers (ISO) to work.
-Since there is an increasing need for reliable ISO-transfers (especially 
-for USB-audio needed by TS and for a DAB-USB-Receiver build by GA and DF), 
-this state was a bit unsatisfying in our opinion, so we've decided (based
-on knowledge and experiences with the old UHCI driver) to start 
-from scratch with a new approach, much simpler but at the same time more 
-powerful.
-It is inspired by the way Win98/Win2000 handles USB requests via URBs,
-but it's definitely 100% free of MS-code and doesn't crash while 
-unplugging an used ISO-device like Win98 ;-)
-Some code for HW setup and root hub management was taken from the 
-original UHCI driver, but heavily modified to fit into the new code.
-The invention of the basic concept, and major coding were completed in two 
-days (and nights) on the 16th and 17th of October 1999, now known as the
-great USB-October-Revolution started by GA, DF, and TS ;-)
-
-Since the concept is in no way UHCI dependent, we hope that it will also be 
-transferred to the OHCI-driver, so both drivers share a common API.
-
-1.2. Advantages and disadvantages
-
-+ All USB transfer types work now!
-+ Asynchronous operation
-+ Simple, but powerful interface (only two calls for start and cancel)
-+ Easy migration to the new API, simplified by a compatibility API
-+ Simple usage of ISO transfers
-+ Automatic linking of requests
-+ ISO transfers allow variable length for each frame and striping
-+ No CPU dependent and non-portable atomic memory access, no asm()-inlines
-+ Tested on x86 and Alpha
-
-- Rewriting for ISO transfers needed
-
-1.3. Is there some compatibility to the old API?
-
-Yes, but only for control, bulk and interrupt transfers. We've implemented 
-some wrapper calls for these transfer types. The usbcore works fine with 
-these wrappers. For ISO there's no compatibility, because the old ISO-API 
-and its semantics were unnecessary complicated in our opinion.
-
-1.4. What's really working?
-
-As said above, CTRL and BULK already work fine even with the wrappers,
-so legacy code wouldn't notice the change.
-Regarding to Thomas, ISO transfers now run stable with USB audio.
-INT transfers (e.g. mouse driver) work fine, too.
-
-1.5. Are there any bugs?
-
-No ;-)
-Hm...
-Well, of course this implementation needs extensive testing on all available
-hardware, but we believe that any fixes shouldn't harm the overall concept.
-
-1.6. What should be done next?
-
-A large part of the request handling seems to be identical for UHCI and 
-OHCI, so it would be a good idea to extract the common parts and have only 
-the HW specific stuff in uhci.c. Furthermore, all other USB device drivers
-should need URBification, if they use isochronous or interrupt transfers.
-One thing missing in the current implementation (and the old UHCI driver) 
-is fair queueing for BULK transfers. Since this would need (in principle) 
-the alteration of already constructed TD chains (to switch from depth to 
-breadth execution), another way has to be found. Maybe some simple 
-heuristics work with the same effect.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-2. Internal structure and mechanisms
-
-To get quickly familiar with the internal structures, here's a short
-description how the new UHCI driver works. However, the ultimate source of
-truth is only uhci.c!
-
-2.1. Descriptor structure (QHs and TDs)
-
-During initialization, the following skeleton is allocated in init_skel:
-
-         framespecific           |           common chain     
-
-framelist[]
-[  0 ]-----> TD --> TD -------\
-[  1 ]-----> TD --> TD --------> TD ----> QH -------> QH -------> QH ---> NULL
-  ...        TD --> TD -------/
-[1023]-----> TD --> TD ------/
-             
-             ^^     ^^           ^^       ^^          ^^          ^^
-   1024 TDs for   7 TDs for    1 TD for   Start of    Start of    End Chain
-            ISO  INT (2-128ms) 1ms-INT    CTRL Chain  BULK Chain
-
-For each CTRL or BULK transfer a new QH is allocated and the containing data
-transfers are appended as (vertical) TDs. After building the whole QH with its
-dangling TDs, the QH is inserted before the BULK Chain QH (for CTRL) or
-before the End Chain QH (for BULK). Since only the QH->next pointers are
-affected, no atomic memory operation is required. The three QHs in the
-common chain are never equipped with TDs!
-
-For ISO or INT, the TD for each frame is simply inserted into the appropriate
-ISO/INT-TD-chain for the desired frame. The 7 skeleton INT-TDs are scattered
-among the 1024 frames similar to the old UHCI driver.
-
-For CTRL/BULK/ISO, the last TD in the transfer has the IOC-bit set. For INT,
-every TD (there is only one...) has the IOC-bit set.
-
-Besides the data for the UHCI controller (2 or 4 32bit words), the descriptors
-are double-linked through the .vertical and .horizontal elements in the 
-SW data of the descriptor (using the double-linked list structures and 
-operations), but SW-linking occurs only in closed domains, i.e. for each of
-the 1024 ISO-chains and the 8 INT-chains there is a closed cycle. This 
-simplifies all insertions and unlinking operations and avoids costly 
-bus_to_virt()-calls.
-
-2.2. URB structure and linking to QH/TDs
-
-During assembly of the QH and TDs of the requested action, these descriptors
-are stored in urb->urb_list, so the allocated QH/TD descriptors are bound to
-this URB.
-If the assembly was successful and the descriptors were added to the HW chain,
-the corresponding URB is inserted into a global URB list for this controller.
-This list stores all pending URBs.
-
-2.3. Interrupt processing
-
-Since UHCI provides no means to directly detect completed transactions, the
-following is done in each UHCI interrupt (uhci_interrupt()):
-
-For each URB in the pending queue (process_urb()), the ACTIVE-flag of the 
-associated TDs are processed (depending on the transfer type 
-process_{transfer|interrupt|iso}()). If the TDs are not active anymore, 
-they indicate the completion of the transaction and the status is calculated. 
-Inactive QH/TDs are removed from the HW chain (since the host controller
-already removed the TDs from the QH, no atomic access is needed) and 
-eventually the URB is marked as completed (OK or errors) and removed from the 
-pending queue. Then the next linked URB is submitted. After (or immediately 
-before) that, the completion handler is called.
-
-2.4. Unlinking URBs
-
-First, all QH/TDs stored in the URB are unlinked from the HW chain. 
-To ensure that the host controller really left a vertical TD chain, we 
-wait for one frame. After that, the TDs are physically destroyed.
-
-2.5. URB linking and the consequences
-
-Since URBs can be linked and the corresponding submit_urb is called in
-the UHCI-interrupt, all work associated with URB/QH/TD assembly has to be
-interrupt save. This forces kmalloc to use GFP_ATOMIC in the interrupt.
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885
index 191194ea1e25..f0e613ba55b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885
@@ -8,3 +8,4 @@
   7 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1200                             [0070:71d1,0070:71d3]
   8 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1700                             [0070:8101]
   9 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1400                             [0070:8010]
+ 10 -> DViCO FusionHDTV7 Dual Express                      [18ac:d618]
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx
index 1d6a245c828f..10591467ef16 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx
@@ -8,10 +8,13 @@
   7 -> Leadtek Winfast USB II                   (em2800)
   8 -> Kworld USB2800                           (em2800)
   9 -> Pinnacle Dazzle DVC 90/DVC 100           (em2820/em2840) [2304:0207,2304:021a]
- 10 -> Hauppauge WinTV HVR 900                  (em2880)        [2040:6500,2040:6502]
+ 10 -> Hauppauge WinTV HVR 900                  (em2880)        [2040:6500]
  11 -> Terratec Hybrid XS                       (em2880)        [0ccd:0042]
  12 -> Kworld PVR TV 2800 RF                    (em2820/em2840)
  13 -> Terratec Prodigy XS                      (em2880)        [0ccd:0047]
  14 -> Pixelview Prolink PlayTV USB 2.0         (em2820/em2840)
  15 -> V-Gear PocketTV                          (em2800)
  16 -> Hauppauge WinTV HVR 950                  (em2880)        [2040:6513,2040:6517,2040:651b,2040:651f]
+ 17 -> Pinnacle PCTV HD Pro Stick               (em2880)        [2304:0227]
+ 18 -> Hauppauge WinTV HVR 900 (R2)             (em2880)        [2040:6502]
+ 19 -> PointNix Intra-Oral Camera               (em2860)
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134
index 67937df1e974..39868af9cf9f 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
  36 -> UPMOST PURPLE TV                         [12ab:0800]
  37 -> Items MuchTV Plus / IT-005
  38 -> Terratec Cinergy 200 TV                  [153b:1152]
- 39 -> LifeView FlyTV Platinum Mini             [5168:0212,4e42:0212]
+ 39 -> LifeView FlyTV Platinum Mini             [5168:0212,4e42:0212,5169:1502]
  40 -> Compro VideoMate TV PVR/FM               [185b:c100]
  41 -> Compro VideoMate TV Gold+                [185b:c100]
  42 -> Sabrent SBT-TVFM (saa7130)
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 127 -> Beholder BeholdTV 507 FM/RDS / BeholdTV 509 FM [0000:5071,0000:507B,5ace:5070,5ace:5090]
 128 -> Beholder BeholdTV Columbus TVFM          [0000:5201]
 129 -> Beholder BeholdTV 607 / BeholdTV 609     [5ace:6070,5ace:6071,5ace:6072,5ace:6073,5ace:6090,5ace:6091,5ace:6092,5ace:6093]
-130 -> Beholder BeholdTV M6 / BeholdTV M6 Extra [5ace:6190,5ace:6193,5ace:6191]
+130 -> Beholder BeholdTV M6                     [5ace:6190]
 131 -> Twinhan Hybrid DTV-DVB 3056 PCI          [1822:0022]
 132 -> Genius TVGO AM11MCE
 133 -> NXP Snake DVB-S reference design
@@ -141,3 +141,7 @@
 140 -> Avermedia DVB-S Pro A700                 [1461:a7a1]
 141 -> Avermedia DVB-S Hybrid+FM A700           [1461:a7a2]
 142 -> Beholder BeholdTV H6                     [5ace:6290]
+143 -> Beholder BeholdTV M63                    [5ace:6191]
+144 -> Beholder BeholdTV M6 Extra               [5ace:6193]
+145 -> AVerMedia MiniPCI DVB-T Hybrid M103      [1461:f636]
+146 -> ASUSTeK P7131 Analog
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx18.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cx18.txt
index 6842c262890f..914cb7e734a2 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/cx18.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx18.txt
@@ -1,36 +1,30 @@
 Some notes regarding the cx18 driver for the Conexant CX23418 MPEG
 encoder chip:
 
-1) The only hardware currently supported is the Hauppauge HVR-1600
-   card and the Compro VideoMate H900 (note that this card only
-   supports analog input, it has no digital tuner!).
+1) Currently supported are:
 
-2) Some people have problems getting the i2c bus to work. Cause unknown.
-   The symptom is that the eeprom cannot be read and the card is
-   unusable.
+        - Hauppauge HVR-1600
+        - Compro VideoMate H900
+        - Yuan MPC718
+        - Conexant Raptor PAL/SECAM devkit
 
-3) The audio from the analog tuner is mono only. Probably caused by
-   incorrect audio register information in the datasheet. We are
-   waiting for updated information from Conexant.
+2) Some people have problems getting the i2c bus to work.
+   The symptom is that the eeprom cannot be read and the card is
+   unusable. This is probably fixed, but if you have problems
+   then post to the video4linux or ivtv-users mailinglist.
 
-4) VBI (raw or sliced) has not yet been implemented.
+3) VBI (raw or sliced) has not yet been implemented.
 
-5) MPEG indexing is not yet implemented.
+4) MPEG indexing is not yet implemented.
 
-6) The driver is still a bit rough around the edges, this should
+5) The driver is still a bit rough around the edges, this should
    improve over time.
 
 
 Firmware:
 
-The firmware needs to be extracted from the Windows Hauppauge HVR-1600
-driver, available here:
-
-http://hauppauge.lightpath.net/software/install_cd/hauppauge_cd_3.4d1.zip
+You can obtain the firmware files here:
 
-Unzip, then copy the following files to the firmware directory
-and rename them as follows:
+http://dl.ivtvdriver.org/ivtv/firmware/cx18-firmware.tar.gz
 
-Drivers/Driver18/hcw18apu.rom -> v4l-cx23418-apu.fw
-Drivers/Driver18/hcw18enc.rom -> v4l-cx23418-cpu.fw
-Drivers/Driver18/hcw18mlC.rom -> v4l-cx23418-dig.fw
+Untar and copy the .fw files to your firmware directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0c4880af57a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+List of the webcams know by gspca.
+
+The modules are:
+        gspca_main      main driver
+        gspca_xxxx      subdriver module with xxxx as follows
+
+xxxx            vend:prod
+----
+spca501         0000:0000       MystFromOri Unknow Camera
+spca501         040a:0002       Kodak DVC-325
+spca500         040a:0300       Kodak EZ200
+zc3xx           041e:041e       Creative WebCam Live!
+spca500         041e:400a       Creative PC-CAM 300
+sunplus         041e:400b       Creative PC-CAM 600
+sunplus         041e:4012       PC-Cam350
+sunplus         041e:4013       Creative Pccam750
+zc3xx           041e:4017       Creative Webcam Mobile PD1090
+spca508         041e:4018       Creative Webcam Vista (PD1100)
+spca561         041e:401a       Creative Webcam Vista (PD1100)
+zc3xx           041e:401c       Creative NX
+spca505         041e:401d       Creative Webcam NX ULTRA
+zc3xx           041e:401e       Creative Nx Pro
+zc3xx           041e:401f       Creative Webcam Notebook PD1171
+pac207          041e:4028       Creative Webcam Vista Plus
+zc3xx           041e:4029       Creative WebCam Vista Pro
+zc3xx           041e:4034       Creative Instant P0620
+zc3xx           041e:4035       Creative Instant P0620D
+zc3xx           041e:4036       Creative Live !
+zc3xx           041e:403a       Creative Nx Pro 2
+spca561         041e:403b       Creative Webcam Vista (VF0010)
+zc3xx           041e:4051       Creative Live!Cam Notebook Pro (VF0250)
+ov519           041e:4052       Creative Live! VISTA IM
+zc3xx           041e:4053       Creative Live!Cam Video IM
+ov519           041e:405f       Creative Live! VISTA VF0330
+ov519           041e:4060       Creative Live! VISTA VF0350
+ov519           041e:4061       Creative Live! VISTA VF0400
+ov519           041e:4064       Creative Live! VISTA VF0420
+ov519           041e:4068       Creative Live! VISTA VF0470
+spca561         0458:7004       Genius VideoCAM Express V2
+sunplus         0458:7006       Genius Dsc 1.3 Smart
+zc3xx           0458:7007       Genius VideoCam V2
+zc3xx           0458:700c       Genius VideoCam V3
+zc3xx           0458:700f       Genius VideoCam Web V2
+sonixj          0458:7025       Genius Eye 311Q
+sonixj          045e:00f5       MicroSoft VX3000
+sonixj          045e:00f7       MicroSoft VX1000
+ov519           045e:028c       Micro$oft xbox cam
+spca508         0461:0815       Micro Innovation IC200
+sunplus         0461:0821       Fujifilm MV-1
+zc3xx           0461:0a00       MicroInnovation WebCam320
+spca500         046d:0890       Logitech QuickCam traveler
+vc032x          046d:0892       Logitech Orbicam
+vc032x          046d:0896       Logitech Orbicam
+zc3xx           046d:08a0       Logitech QC IM
+zc3xx           046d:08a1       Logitech QC IM 0x08A1 +sound
+zc3xx           046d:08a2       Labtec Webcam Pro
+zc3xx           046d:08a3       Logitech QC Chat
+zc3xx           046d:08a6       Logitech QCim
+zc3xx           046d:08a7       Logitech QuickCam Image
+zc3xx           046d:08a9       Logitech Notebook Deluxe
+zc3xx           046d:08aa       Labtec Webcam  Notebook
+zc3xx           046d:08ac       Logitech QuickCam Cool
+zc3xx           046d:08ad       Logitech QCCommunicate STX
+zc3xx           046d:08ae       Logitech QuickCam for Notebooks
+zc3xx           046d:08af       Logitech QuickCam Cool
+zc3xx           046d:08b9       Logitech QC IM ???
+zc3xx           046d:08d7       Logitech QCam STX
+zc3xx           046d:08d9       Logitech QuickCam IM/Connect
+zc3xx           046d:08d8       Logitech Notebook Deluxe
+zc3xx           046d:08da       Logitech QuickCam Messenger
+zc3xx           046d:08dd       Logitech QuickCam for Notebooks
+spca500         046d:0900       Logitech Inc. ClickSmart 310
+spca500         046d:0901       Logitech Inc. ClickSmart 510
+sunplus         046d:0905       Logitech ClickSmart 820
+tv8532          046d:0920       QC Express
+tv8532          046d:0921       Labtec Webcam
+spca561         046d:0928       Logitech QC Express Etch2
+spca561         046d:0929       Labtec Webcam Elch2
+spca561         046d:092a       Logitech QC for Notebook
+spca561         046d:092b       Labtec Webcam Plus
+spca561         046d:092c       Logitech QC chat Elch2
+spca561         046d:092d       Logitech QC Elch2
+spca561         046d:092e       Logitech QC Elch2
+spca561         046d:092f       Logitech QC Elch2
+sunplus         046d:0960       Logitech ClickSmart 420
+sunplus         0471:0322       Philips DMVC1300K
+zc3xx           0471:0325       Philips SPC 200 NC
+zc3xx           0471:0326       Philips SPC 300 NC
+sonixj          0471:0327       Philips SPC 600 NC
+sonixj          0471:0328       Philips SPC 700 NC
+zc3xx           0471:032d       Philips spc210nc
+zc3xx           0471:032e       Philips spc315nc
+sonixj          0471:0330       Philips SPC 710NC
+spca501         0497:c001       Smile International
+sunplus         04a5:3003       Benq DC 1300
+sunplus         04a5:3008       Benq DC 1500
+sunplus         04a5:300a       Benq DC3410
+spca500         04a5:300c       Benq DC1016
+sunplus         04f1:1001       JVC GC A50
+spca561         04fc:0561       Flexcam 100
+sunplus         04fc:500c       Sunplus CA500C
+sunplus         04fc:504a       Aiptek Mini PenCam 1.3
+sunplus         04fc:504b       Maxell MaxPocket LE 1.3
+sunplus         04fc:5330       Digitrex 2110
+sunplus         04fc:5360       Sunplus Generic
+spca500         04fc:7333       PalmPixDC85
+sunplus         04fc:ffff       Pure DigitalDakota
+spca501         0506:00df       3Com HomeConnect Lite
+sunplus         052b:1513       Megapix V4
+tv8532          0545:808b       Veo Stingray
+tv8532          0545:8333       Veo Stingray
+sunplus         0546:3155       Polaroid PDC3070
+sunplus         0546:3191       Polaroid Ion 80
+sunplus         0546:3273       Polaroid PDC2030
+ov519           054c:0154       Sonny toy4
+ov519           054c:0155       Sonny toy5
+zc3xx           055f:c005       Mustek Wcam300A
+spca500         055f:c200       Mustek Gsmart 300
+sunplus         055f:c211       Kowa Bs888e Microcamera
+spca500         055f:c220       Gsmart Mini
+sunplus         055f:c230       Mustek Digicam 330K
+sunplus         055f:c232       Mustek MDC3500
+sunplus         055f:c360       Mustek DV4000 Mpeg4
+sunplus         055f:c420       Mustek gSmart Mini 2
+sunplus         055f:c430       Mustek Gsmart LCD 2
+sunplus         055f:c440       Mustek DV 3000
+sunplus         055f:c520       Mustek gSmart Mini 3
+sunplus         055f:c530       Mustek Gsmart LCD 3
+sunplus         055f:c540       Gsmart D30
+sunplus         055f:c630       Mustek MDC4000
+sunplus         055f:c650       Mustek MDC5500Z
+zc3xx           055f:d003       Mustek WCam300A
+zc3xx           055f:d004       Mustek WCam300 AN
+conex           0572:0041       Creative Notebook cx11646
+ov519           05a9:0519       OmniVision
+ov519           05a9:0530       OmniVision
+ov519           05a9:4519       OmniVision
+ov519           05a9:8519       OmniVision
+sunplus         05da:1018       Digital Dream Enigma 1.3
+stk014          05e1:0893       Syntek DV4000
+spca561         060b:a001       Maxell Compact Pc PM3
+zc3xx           0698:2003       CTX M730V built in
+spca500         06bd:0404       Agfa CL20
+spca500         06be:0800       Optimedia
+sunplus         06d6:0031       Trust 610 LCD PowerC@m Zoom
+spca506         06e1:a190       ADS Instant VCD
+spca508         0733:0110       ViewQuest VQ110
+spca508         0130:0130       Clone Digital Webcam 11043
+spca501         0733:0401       Intel Create and Share
+spca501         0733:0402       ViewQuest M318B
+spca505         0733:0430       Intel PC Camera Pro
+sunplus         0733:1311       Digital Dream Epsilon 1.3
+sunplus         0733:1314       Mercury 2.1MEG Deluxe Classic Cam
+sunplus         0733:2211       Jenoptik jdc 21 LCD
+sunplus         0733:2221       Mercury Digital Pro 3.1p
+sunplus         0733:3261       Concord 3045 spca536a
+sunplus         0733:3281       Cyberpix S550V
+spca506         0734:043b       3DeMon USB Capture aka
+spca500         084d:0003       D-Link DSC-350
+spca500         08ca:0103       Aiptek PocketDV
+sunplus         08ca:0104       Aiptek PocketDVII 1.3
+sunplus         08ca:0106       Aiptek Pocket DV3100+
+sunplus         08ca:2008       Aiptek Mini PenCam 2 M
+sunplus         08ca:2010       Aiptek PocketCam 3M
+sunplus         08ca:2016       Aiptek PocketCam 2 Mega
+sunplus         08ca:2018       Aiptek Pencam SD 2M
+sunplus         08ca:2020       Aiptek Slim 3000F
+sunplus         08ca:2022       Aiptek Slim 3200
+sunplus         08ca:2024       Aiptek DV3500 Mpeg4
+sunplus         08ca:2028       Aiptek PocketCam4M
+sunplus         08ca:2040       Aiptek PocketDV4100M
+sunplus         08ca:2042       Aiptek PocketDV5100
+sunplus         08ca:2050       Medion MD 41437
+sunplus         08ca:2060       Aiptek PocketDV5300
+tv8532          0923:010f       ICM532 cams
+mars            093a:050f       Mars-Semi Pc-Camera
+pac207          093a:2460       PAC207 Qtec Webcam 100
+pac207          093a:2463       Philips spc200nc pac207
+pac207          093a:2464       Labtec Webcam 1200
+pac207          093a:2468       PAC207
+pac207          093a:2470       Genius GF112
+pac207          093a:2471       PAC207 Genius VideoCam ge111
+pac207          093a:2472       PAC207 Genius VideoCam ge110
+pac7311         093a:2600       PAC7311 Typhoon
+pac7311         093a:2601       PAC7311 Phillips SPC610NC
+pac7311         093a:2603       PAC7312
+pac7311         093a:2608       PAC7311 Trust WB-3300p
+pac7311         093a:260e       PAC7311 Gigaware VGA PC Camera, Trust WB-3350p, SIGMA cam 2350
+pac7311         093a:260f       PAC7311 SnakeCam
+pac7311         093a:2621       PAC731x
+zc3xx           0ac8:0302       Z-star Vimicro zc0302
+vc032x          0ac8:0321       Vimicro generic vc0321
+vc032x          0ac8:0323       Vimicro Vc0323
+vc032x          0ac8:0328       A4Tech PK-130MG
+zc3xx           0ac8:301b       Z-Star zc301b
+zc3xx           0ac8:303b       Vimicro 0x303b
+zc3xx           0ac8:305b       Z-star Vimicro zc0305b
+zc3xx           0ac8:307b       Ldlc VC302+Ov7620
+vc032x          0ac8:c001       Sony embedded vimicro
+vc032x          0ac8:c002       Sony embedded vimicro
+spca508         0af9:0010       Hama USB Sightcam 100
+spca508         0af9:0011       Hama USB Sightcam 100
+sonixb          0c45:6001       Genius VideoCAM NB
+sonixb          0c45:6005       Microdia Sweex Mini Webcam
+sonixb          0c45:6007       Sonix sn9c101 + Tas5110D
+sonixb          0c45:6009       spcaCam@120
+sonixb          0c45:600d       spcaCam@120
+sonixb          0c45:6011       Microdia PC Camera (SN9C102)
+sonixb          0c45:6019       Generic Sonix OV7630
+sonixb          0c45:6024       Generic Sonix Tas5130c
+sonixb          0c45:6025       Xcam Shanga
+sonixb          0c45:6028       Sonix Btc Pc380
+sonixb          0c45:6029       spcaCam@150
+sonixb          0c45:602c       Generic Sonix OV7630
+sonixb          0c45:602d       LIC-200 LG
+sonixb          0c45:602e       Genius VideoCam Messenger
+sonixj          0c45:6040       Speed NVC 350K
+sonixj          0c45:607c       Sonix sn9c102p Hv7131R
+sonixj          0c45:60c0       Sangha Sn535
+sonixj          0c45:60ec       SN9C105+MO4000
+sonixj          0c45:60fb       Surfer NoName
+sonixj          0c45:60fc       LG-LIC300
+sonixj          0c45:612a       Avant Camera
+sonixj          0c45:612c       Typhoon Rasy Cam 1.3MPix
+sonixj          0c45:6130       Sonix Pccam
+sonixj          0c45:6138       Sn9c120 Mo4000
+sonixj          0c45:613b       Surfer SN-206
+sonixj          0c45:613c       Sonix Pccam168
+sunplus         0d64:0303       Sunplus FashionCam DXG
+etoms           102c:6151       Qcam Sangha CIF
+etoms           102c:6251       Qcam xxxxxx VGA
+zc3xx           10fd:0128       Typhoon Webshot II USB 300k 0x0128
+spca561         10fd:7e50       FlyCam Usb 100
+zc3xx           10fd:8050       Typhoon Webshot II USB 300k
+spca501         1776:501c       Arowana 300K CMOS Camera
+t613            17a1:0128       T613/TAS5130A
+vc032x          17ef:4802       Lenovo Vc0323+MI1310_SOC
+pac207          2001:f115       D-Link DSB-C120
+spca500         2899:012c       Toptro Industrial
+spca508         8086:0110       Intel Easy PC Camera
+spca500         8086:0630       Intel Pocket PC Camera
+spca506         99fa:8988       Grandtec V.cap
+spca561         abcd:cdee       Petcam
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/w9968cf.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/w9968cf.txt
index e0bba8393c77..05138e8aea07 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/w9968cf.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/w9968cf.txt
@@ -193,9 +193,6 @@ Description:     Automatic 'ovcamchip' module loading: 0 disabled, 1 enabled.
                  loads that module automatically. This action is performed as
                  once soon as the 'w9968cf' module is loaded into memory.
 Default:         1
-Note:            The kernel must be compiled with the CONFIG_KMOD option
-                 enabled for the 'ovcamchip' module to be loaded and for
-                 this parameter to be present.
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Name:           simcams
 Type:           int